Download - Manual GMC
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 1/409
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 2/409
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 3/409
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 4/409
ge 2-4
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 5/409
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 6/409
The 1997 GMC Jimmy Owner’s Manual
1-1
2-1
3- 1
4-1
5- 1
6-1
7-
8- 1
9-1
Seats and R estraint SystemsThis section tells you h o w t o use your seats and sal’ety belts properly. I t also cxplains the “SIR” system.
Features and C ontrolsThis section explains ho w t o start and operate your vehicle.
Comfort Controls and Audio SystemsThis section tells you h o w t o adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and ho w to operate your audio system.
Your Driving and the R oadHere you‘ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how t o drive under different conditions.
Problems on the RoadThis section tells what t o do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire o r overheated engine. etc
Service and Appearance CareHere the manual tells y o u how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good .
Maintenance ScheduleThis section tells you when t o perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
Customer Assistance InformationThis section tells you llow to contact G M C for assistance and ho w to get service and owner publications.
I t also gives you information on ”Reporling Safety Defects” on pase X- I O .
i
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 7/409
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, G M C ,the GMC Emblem and the name JIMMY are registeredtradernarks of General Motors Corporation.
This manual includes the latest information at the timeit was printed. We reserve the right to make changesin the product after that time without further notice.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name“General Motors of Canada Limited” for G M Cwhenever it appears in this manual.
Please keep this manual in your vehicle, so it will bethere if you ever need i t when you’re on the road. If yo11sell the vehicle. please leave this manual i n i t so the newowner can use it.
Litho in U.S.A.
X 97 11 B First Edition
We support voluntary! technician certification.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIANCERTIFICATIONTHROUGH
National nstitLte or
A U T O M O T I V ES E R V I C E
E X C E L L E N C E
For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a
French Language Manual:Aux propriktaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vousprocurer un exenlplaire de ce guide en franpis chezvotre concessionaire ou au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.1SO0 Bonhill Rd.Mississauga. Ontario LST 1C7
(E?
”Copyright General Motors Corporation 1996
All Rights Reserved
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 8/409
About Driving Your Vehicle
As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result i n loss of control or anaccident. Be sure to read the “on-pavement’‘ and“off-road“ driving guidelines in this manual. (See“Driving Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with your
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in the Index.)
How to Use this Manual
Many people read their owner‘s manual from beginningto end when they first receive their new vehicle. I f youdo this, i t will help you learn about the features andcontrols for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll findthat pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
Index
A good place to look for what you need is the Indexin the back of the manual. It‘s an alphabetical list ofwhat’s i n th e manual, and the page number whereyou’ll f ind i t .
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell youabout things that could hurt you if you were to ignorethe warning.
/!\ CAUTION:
These mean there is something that could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area, we tell yo u what the haz.ard is. Then
we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce thehazard. Please read these cautions. I f you don‘t, you orothers could be hurt.
ii i
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 9/409
You will also find a circlewith a slash through it i n
this book. This safetysymbol means ”Don’t,”“Don’t do this,’‘ or “Don‘tlet this happen.”
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:
I NOTICE:
These mean there is something that could
damage your vehicle.
In the notice area, we tell you about something that candamage your vehicle. Many times, this damage wouldnot be covered by your warranty, and it could be costly.But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoidthe damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings i n different colors orin different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They usethe s a n ~ e ords, CAUTION or NOTICE.
iv
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 10/409
~
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
POSSIBLE AAUTION
INJ URY
PROTECTEYES BY
SHIELDING
CAUSTIC
ACID COULD&ATTERY
CAUSEBURNS
AVOIDSPARKS OR
FLAMES
SPARK OR ,\I/,COULDFLAME
EXPLODEBATTERY
DOOR LOCKUNLOCK
FASTENSEAT
BELTS
POWERWINDOW
SIGNALS eURN
RUNNING.':o'oAYTIME
LAMPS. . e
FOG LAMPS$0
These symbolsare on some o f
your controls:
WINDSHIELDWIPER
WINDSHIELDDEFROSTER
VENTILATINGFAN
These symbolsar e used 011
warning andindicator lights:
COOLANTTEMP
CHARGING I-1Al lERY
SYSTEM
BRAKE (@)
COOLANTaENGINE OILe,PRESSURE
ANTI-LOCK (@)BRAKES
Here are someother symbolsYOLImay see:
FUSE
tLIGHTERm
HORNk3
SPEAKER bFUEL
I&
V
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 11/409
Model Reference
This manual covers these models:
Two-Door Utility Four-Door Utility
vi
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 12/409
Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you’ll find information about the seatsn your vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly.ou can also
learn about some things ou shouldnot do with air bags and safety belts.
1-2
1-8
1-12
1-13
1-13
1-20
1-26
1-26
1-26
Seats andSeat Controls
Safety Belts: They’reor Everyone
Here Are Questions Many People sk About
Safety Belts - and the Answers
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Driver Position
Supplemental Inflatable
Restraint (SIR) System
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Right Front Passenger Position
Center Front Passenger Position@-Door Models)
1-28
1-31
1-34
1-35
1-37
1-44
1-47
1-47
1-48
Rear Seat Passengers
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guidesor Children
and Small Adults4-DOOr Models)
Center Rear Passenger Position
(4-DOOr Models)
Children
Child Restraints
Larger Children
Safety Belt Extender
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Replacing Restraint System PartsAfter a Crash
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 13/409
Seats and SeatControlsThis section tells you about th e seats -- how to adjustthem, and fold them up and down.
Manual Front Seat
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual driver’s seatwhile the vehicle is
moving. The suddenmovement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you
don’t want to. Ad.just the driver’s seat nly whenthe vehicle is not moving.
where you want it. Thenrelease th e lever and try to
move the seat with yourbody to make sure the seatis locked into place.
Move the lever under the
front of the easy entry seatup to unlock it. Slide theseat t o where you want it .
Then release the lever andtry to move the seat with
your body to make sure theseat is locked into place.
1-2
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 14/409
hanual Lumbar Support Power Driver’s Seat (Option)
If you have this eature,
there willbe a knob on the
outside of the driver and
passenger bucket seats.
Turn the knobcounterclockwise to
increase lumbar support
If you have this feature, there will becontrol padon
your driver’s seat.
To make thefront of the seat move up or down, use
control A.
To make the rear f the seat move p or down, use
control C.
Use controlB to move he whole seat up, down, forward
or backward.
1-3
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 15/409
Power Lumbarontrol (Option) Reclining Front Seatbacks
If you have this control, it
located on the side f the
driver’s seat.
1s
Press and holdhe front of the control until ou nave medesired lumbar support.o decrease lumbar support,
press the rear f the control.
Release the lever to lock the seatback whereou want it.Pull up on the lever and the seat willo to anupright position.
1-4
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 16/409
But don’t have a seatback reclined f your vehicle is moving.
Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Evenf you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do their job when
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it
won’t be against your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash you couldo into it,
receiving neck or other injur ies.
The lapbelt can’t do its job either. Incrash the
belt could goup over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not t yourpelvic bones.This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protectionwhen the vehicle is in
motion, have the seatback upright. Then sitwell
back in the seat and wear your afety belt properly.
1-5
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 17/409
Head Restraints
Head restraints are fixed on some models and adjustableon others. Slide an adjustable head restraint up or downso that th e top of the restraint is closest t o the top ofyour ears. This position reduces the chance of a neckinjury in a crash.
Your adjustable head restraint may also be tilted forwardfor greater comfort.
Seatback Latches
The front seatback foldsforward to let people getinto the back seat or to
access the storage areabehind the seat.
To fold the front seatbackforward, l i f t the latch andpush the seat forward.
To return the seatback to the upright position, push theseatback all the way back until the latch catches. If theseatback was reclined before being folded forward, i t
will return t o the reclined position.
- -
A C A U T d N :-If the seatback isn’t locked, it could move
forward in a sudden stopor crash. That could
cause injury to the person sitting there. Always
press rearward on the seatback to be sure it
is locked.
1-6
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 18/409
Easy Entry Seat (2-DoorModels)
The right front seat of your vehicle makes i t easy to getin and out of the rear seat.
0 Tilt the right front seatback completely forward andthe whole seat w i l l slide forward.
0
Move the seatback to its original position aftersomeone sets into th e rear seat area. Then move theseat rearward until it locks.
If an easy entry right front seat isn’t locked, it
can move. In a sudden stop or crash,he personsitting there could be iqjured. After you’ve used
it, be sure to push rearwa rd on an easy entry seat
to be sure it is locked.
e Tilt the seatback completely forward again to get out.
Rear Seats
Your vehicle has a folding rear seat which lets you foldthe seatbacks down for more cargo space.
The rear seat release handles are in the upper center ofthe rear o f the seatbacks. Push back on the seatbacks as
you pull up on the handles.
To raise the seatbacks, just l if t up the seatbacks and pushunt i l they lock in the upright position.
Push and pull on the seatbacks to check that the latcheshave locked in the upright position. I f they haven’t. havethem fixed immediately.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 19/409
Safety Belts: They’re for EveryoneThis part of the manual tells you ho w to use safety beltsproperly. It also tells you some things you should not dowith safety belts.
An d it explains the Supplemental Inflatable RestraintSIR),or air bag system.
IA CAUTION:
1 Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear
~ a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
~ you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries
~ can be much worse. You can hit things inside thevehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the ame crash,you might
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
/i\ CAC ;ION:
It is extremely dangerous to ride n a cargo area,
inside or outside of a vehicle. In acollision,
people riding in these areas aremore likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a
safety belt properly.
1-8
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 20/409
Your vehicle has a light thatcomes on a s ; reminder t o
buckle up. (See “SafetyBelt Reminder Light” in
the Index.)
In most states and Canadian provinces, he law says to
wear safety belts. Here’s why: T ~ C J Jr ~ ~ r - k .
You never know if you‘ll be i n a crash. If y o u do have a
crash, you don’t know if i t will be a bad one.
A few crashes aremild. and some crashes an be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.But most crashes are in between. In many o f them,people w h o buckle up can survive and sometimes w a l k
away. Without belts they coulct have been badly h u r t
or killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts i n vehicles,
the facts are clear. I n most crashes buckling u p doesmatter ... a lot!
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride i n or o n anything, you go as fast as it goes.
L
Take th e simplest vehicle. Suppose t’s just a seat on wheels.
1-9
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 21/409
G et i t LIP to speed. Then stop th e vehicle. T he rider
docsn’t stop.
1-10
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 22/409
The person keeps going unt i l stopped by something.
I n a real vehicle. it c o ~ ~ l de the windshield ...
1-11
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 23/409
or the safety belts!
With safety belts,you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop. ou stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take theorces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.
Here Are Questions Many People A
About SafetyBelts -- and the Answer
&: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A: Youcould
be -- whether you’re wearinga safetybelt or not. But you can unbucklesafety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And your chance of
being conscious during and after an accident,o
you can unbuckle and get out, is uch greater if
you are belted.
@’ If my vehicle hasair bags,why shouldI have to
wear safety belts?
A: Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be
in most of them in the uture. But they are
supplemental systems only;o they work with
safety belts - not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the usf
safety belts. Evenf you’re ina vehicle that hasar
bags, you still have o buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not onlyn frontal collision
but especially in side and other collisions.
1-12
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 24/409
If I'm a good driver, and I never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
A: You may be an excellent driver. but if you're in an
accident -- even one that isn't your fault -- you and
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
doesn't protect you from things beyond your
control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) of
home. And the greatest number of serious injuries
and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special hings to know about safetybelts and children. And there are different rules for smaller
children and babies. I f a child will be riding in yourvehicle, see thepart of this manual called "Children."Follow those rules for everyone's protection.
First, you'll want to know which restraint systems yourvehicle has.
We'll start with the driver position.
Driver PositionThis part describes the driver's restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here's how to wearit properly.
I . Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see "Seats" i n the Index)so you can sit up straight.
1-13
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 25/409
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.Don‘t let i t get twisted.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle unti l i t clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure i t is secure.If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety elt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the b ~ ~ c k l espositioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quickly if yo u ever had to.
5 . To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckleend of the belt a s you pull up on the shoulder belt.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 26/409
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug o
the hips, ust touching the thighs. n a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones.nd you’d be ess
likely to slide under theap belt. If you slid undert, the
belt would apply orce at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or evenatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder andcross the chest.
These partsof the body are best ableo take belt
restraining forces.
The safety belt locksf there’s a sudden stop or a crash.
1-15
Q: Wh at’s wrong with this?
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 27/409
A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly
as much protection this way.
You can b e seriously hu rt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would mov e forward
too mu ch, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fi t against your body.
1-16
&.' What's wrong with this?
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 28/409
A: The belt is buckled in th e wrong place.
A CA"TL3N:
You can be seriously injured if your belt s
buckled in thewrong place like this. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not a t the pelvicbones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
Always buckle your belt into he buckle
nearest you.
1-17
Q.’ What’s wrong with this?
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 29/409
A: The shoulder belt is worn under the ann. I t should
be worn over the shoulder at a l l times.
You can be seriously injuredf you wear the
shoulder belt underou r arm. Ina crash, your
body would move too far forward,which would
increase the chancef head andneck injury.Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren’t as strong s shoulder bones.
You could also severely injure internal organs
like your liveror spleen.
1-1s
Q: W hat’s wrong w ith this?
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 30/409
A: The belt is twisted across th e body.
You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In
a crash, you w ouldn’t have the full width of the
belt to spread impa ct forces. If a belt is twisted,
ma ke it straight so it can work properly, or askyour dealer to fix it .
1-19
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 31/409
(SIR) SystemThis part explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint(SIR) system or air bag system.
Your vehicle has an air bag for the driver.
Here are the most important things to know about theai r bag system:
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.The belt should go back out of the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out o f theway. If you slam the door on i t , you can damage both thebelt and your vehicle.
’You can beseverely injured orkilled in a crash if
you aren’t wearing your safety belt- even if you
have anair bag. Wearing your safety belt during
a crash helps reduce your chancef hitting things
inside the vehicle or being ejected from t. Air
bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety
belts. All air bags are designed to work with
safety belts, but don’t replace them. Air bags aredesigned to work only in moderate to severe
crashes where the frontf your vehicle hitssomething. They aren’t designed to inflatet all
I CAUTION: (Continued)
1-20
I There is an air bag readiness
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 32/409
in rollover, rear, side o r low-speed frontal crashes.
Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly -- whether or not there’s an airbag for
that person.
I
/!\ CAUTION:
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating
air bag, it could seriously injure you. Safety beltshelp keep you in position before and duringa
crash. Always wear your safety belt, even with an
air bag, and sit as far back as you can while still
maintaining controlof your vehicle.
AIRBAG
light on the instrumentpanel, which showsAIR BAG.
The system checks the air bag electrical system formalfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electricalproblem. See ”Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Indexfor more information.
- 1-21
How the Air Bag System Works
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 33/409
Where is the air bag?
The driver’sair bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.
If something is between the driver and the air
bag, the bag might not inflate properly or it
might force the object into that person. The path
of an inflating air bag mus t e kept clear. Don’tput anything between an occupant and their
bag, and don’t attac h or put anything on or ne
the steeringwheel hub.
1-22 2
When should an air bag inflate? Wh at makes an air bag inflate?
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 34/409
A n air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate t o severefrontal or near-frontal crash. The airbag will inflateonly if the impact speed is above the system's designed"threshold level." I f your vehicle goes straight into aw a l l that doesn't move or deform. the thresholdevel isabout 14 t o 18 mph (23 to 29 km/h).The threshold levelcan vary, however, with specific vehicle design. so thati t can be somewhat aboveor below this range. If yourvehicle strikes somethingthat will move or deform, sucha s a parked car. the threshold level will be higher. Theair bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, sideimpacts or rear impacts. because inflation would nothelp the occupant.
I n any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply becauseof the damageto a vehicle or becauseof what the repair costs were.Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact andhow quickly the vehicle s lows down i n frontal andnear-frontal impacts.
The air bag system is designed to work properly under a
wide range of conditions, including off-road usage.
Observe safe driving speeds. especiallyon rough terrain.A s always. wear your safety belt. See "Off-RoadDriving" in the Index for Inore tips on off-road driving.
In an impact of sufficient severity, the a i r bag sensingsystem detects that the vehicle is i n a crash. The sensingsystem triggers a releaseof gas from the inflator. whichinflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and relatedhardware are all part of the air bag module inside thesteering wheel.
H ow does an air bag restrain?
In tnoderate t o severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.even belted occupants can contact he steering wheel.The air bag supplements the protection provided bysafety belts. Air bags distribute the force of the impactmore evenly over th e occupant's upper body. stoppingthe occupant more gradually. But air bags would n o t
help you in many types of collisions, includingrollovers. rear impacts and side impacts. primarilybecause an occupant's motion is n o t toward the air bag.Air bags should never be regarded a s anything morethan a supplement t o safety belts. and then only in
moderate t o severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
1-23
What will you see af ter an i r bag inflates? e The air bag is designed to inflate only once. After it
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 35/409
After an air bag inflates, it quickly deflates, so quicklythat some people may not even realize the air baginflated. Some components of the air bag module in thesteering wheel hub will be hot for a short time. The partsof the bag that come into contact with you may be
warm, but not too hot to touch. There will be somesmoke and dust coming from vents in the deflated airbag. Air bag inflation doesn’t prevent the driver fromseeing or from being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it
stop people from leaving the vehicle.
When anair bag inflates, theres dust in theair.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history of asthma or other
breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get outs soon as it is safe to doo.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out
of the vehicle after anir bag inflates, then get
fresh airby opening a windowor door.
e
e
inflates?you‘ll need some new parts for your air bagsystem. I f you don’t get them, the air bag systemwon’t be there to help protect you in another crash.A new system will include the air bag module andpossibly other parts. The service manual for your
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnostic module,which records information about the air bag system.The module records information about the readinessof the system, when the sensors are activated anddriver’s safety belt usage at deployment.
Let only qualified technicians work on your air bagsystem. Improper service canmean that your air bag
system won’t work properly. See your dealeror service.
NOTICE:
If you damage the cover for the driver’s air ba
the bag may not work properly. ou may have to
replace the air bag module. o not open or break
the air bag over.
1-24
Servicing Your Air Bag-EquippedVehicle Adding Equipment toYour A ir
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 36/409
The air bag affects how your vehicle should be serviced.There are parts of the air bag system in several placesaround your vehicle. You don't want th e system to
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. YourGM dealer and the GM Service Manual have
information about servicing your vehicle and the air bagsystem. To purchase a service manual, see "Service andOwner Publications'' in the Inde-x.
~-
A CAUTION:
For up to wo minutes after the gnition key is
turned off and the battery s disconnected, an ai rbag canstill inflate during improper service. You
can be injured if you are close to an airbag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape,
or yellow connectors. They are probably part of
the ai r bag system. Be sure to follow proper
service procedures, and makesure the person
performing work for you is qualified to do so.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
Bag-Equipped Vehicle
Q: If I add a push bumper or a bicycle rack to the
front of my vehicle, will it keep the airbag from
working properly?
A: As long as the push bumper or bicycle rack isattached to your vehicle so that the vehicle's basic
structure isn't changed, it's not likely to keep the
air bag from working properly in a crash.
Is there anythingI might add to the frontof the
vehicle that could keep the air bag from
working properly?
A: Yes. I f you add things that change your vehicle'sframe. bumper system, frontend sheet metal or
height, they may keep the air bag system from
working properly. Also, the air bag system may not
work properly if you relocate anyof the air bag
sensors. If you have any question about this, you
should contact Customer Assistance before you
modify your vehicle. (The phone numbers andaddresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of
the Customer Satisfiction Procedure in this manual.
See "Customer Satisfaction Procedure" in the Index.)
1-25
Safety BeltUse During Pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 37/409
Safety belts work for everyone, including presnantwomen. Like all occupants, they are more likely to beseriously injured if they don't wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt. andthe lap portion should be worn a s lo w as possible. belowthe rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it's morelikely that the fetus won't be hurt i n a crash. Forpregnant women, as for anyone. the key to makingsafety belts effective is wearing then1 properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger's safety belt works the sameway as the driver's safety belt. See "Driver Position"earlier i n this section.
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way. i t willlock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.
Center Front Passenger Position
(4-I)oorModels)
1-26
Lap Belt
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 38/409
If your vehicle has a front bench seat, someone can sit inthe center position.
When you sit in the center front seating position,ouhave a lap safety belt, which has no retractor.To make
the belt longer, tilt the latch plate andull it alongthe belt.
To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown untilthe belt is snug.
Buckle, position and release it the sameay as the lappart of a lap-shoulder belt. f the belt isn’t long enough,see “Safety Belt Extender” at the endf this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is positionedso you would be able to unbuckle theafety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
1-27
Rear Seat Passengers Lap-Shoulder Belt
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 39/409
It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up!Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rearseat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be hrown
out of th e vehicle in a crash. And they can strike othersin the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulderbelts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.Don’t let it get twisted. On four-door models, theshoulder belt may lock f you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, let the belt go backslightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.
1-28
2. Push the latch platento the buckle until t clicks.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 40/409
Pull upon the latch plate to make suret is secure.
When the shoulder belts pulled out all the way, t
will lock. f it does, let t go back all the ay and
start again.
If the belt s not long enough, ee “Safety Belt
Extender” at the endf this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckles
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyf you ever hado.
3. To make the lap part tight, pulldown on the buckle
end of the beltas you pull up on the shoulder part.
1-29
n /----.. And you'd be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 41/409
you slid under it . the belt would apply force at yourabdomen. This could cause serious o r even fatal injuries.
The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder andcross the chest. These parts of the. body are best able to
take belt restraining forces.
The safetybelt
locksif
there'sa
sudden stop ora
crash.On four-door models, th e safety belt also locks if youp u l l the belt very quickly out o f the retractor.
The lap part of the belt should be worn lo w and snug onthe hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this appliesforce to the strong pelvic bones.
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body,
1-30
Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 42/409
To unlatch the belt, ust push the button on the buckle.
for Children and Small Adults
(4-Door Models)
Four-door models have rear shoulder belt comfort
guides. This feature will provide added safety belt
comfortfor children who have outgrown child restraints
and for small adults. When installedn a shoulderbelt,
the comfort guide pulls theelt away from the neck
and head.
There isone guide for each outside passenger positionn
the rear seat.To provide added safety belt comfort for
children who have outgrown child restraints andor
smaller adults, the comfort guides may be installed on
the shoulder belts. Here’sow to install a comfort guideand use the safety belt:
1-31
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 43/409
1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of
the seatback and the interior body to remove theguide from its torage clip.
2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elasticcord must be under the belt. Then, place the guideover the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt intothe slots of the guide.
.-32
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 44/409
3. Be sure that the belts not twisted and t lies flat.The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guideon top.
4. Buckle, position and release the safety beltsdescribed in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions”earlier in this section. Make sure that the shoulder
belt crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort guides, squeeze the belt
edges togetherso that you can take them out from the
guides. Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip,and then slide the guide onto the clip. Rotate the guide andclip inward and in between the seatback and the interior
body, leaving only the loopf elastic cord exposed.
1-33
Center Rear Passenger Position Lap Belt
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 45/409
(4-DoorModels)
When you sit i n the center rear seating position, you
have a l a p safety belt which has a retractor.
ChildrenEveryone i n 21 vehicle needs protection! That includes
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 46/409
4. Position and release it the same way a s the l a p partof a lap-shouldel- belt.
I f the belt isn't long enough, see "Safety BeltExtender" a t the end of this section. Make sure therelease button on the buckle is positioned s o youwould be able t o unbuckle the safety belt quickly i f
you ever had to.
infanls and all children smaller than adult size. 111 fdct.the law i n every state i n the United States and i n everyCanadian province says children up t o some age must be
restrained while i n a vehicle.
Smaller Children and r bi
Smaller children and babies should alwayse
restrained in a child or infan t restra int. The
instructions for the restraint il l say whether it isthe right type andize for your child.A very
young child's hip bones areo small thata
regular belt might not stay ow on the hips, s it
should. Instead, the beltwill likely be over the
i child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply
force right on the child's abdomen, which couldl cause serious or fatal injuries.So, be sure that
any child small enough for ones always properlyrestrained in a child or infant restraint.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 47/409
Never hold a baby in your armshile riding in a
vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much -9 until a
crash. Duringa crash a baby will become soCAUTION: (Continued)
heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby ould be almost impossible
to hold.Secure the baby inn infant restraint.
1-36
Child Restraints
Be sure the child restraint is designed to be used in a
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 48/409
vehicle. I f i t is, it will have a label saying that i t meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You mayfind these instructions on the restraint itself or i n a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system iny o u r vehicle, but the child also has to be secured withinthe restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury.The instructions that come with the infant or childrestraint will show you how to do that.
are restrained i n the rear rather than the front seat. We atGeneral Motors therefore recommend that you put yourchild restraint in a rear seat outside position unless thechild is an infant and you’re the only adult in thevehicle. In that case, you might want to secure the
restraint in the right front seat where you can keep aneye on the. baby.
Wherever you install i t , be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can movearound in a collision or sudden stop and injure peoplein the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it .
1-37
Top Strap
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 49/409
If your child restraint has top strap, it should beanchored. Anchor brackets for the rear outside seatpositions are located on the floor inhe cargo area.
Don't use the front set of tie-down brackets. Anchor thetop strapto the rearmost bracket on the same sideof thevehicle as the child restraint.
Once you have the top strap anchored, you'll be ready tosecure thechild restraint itself.
1-38
Securing a Child Restraint n a RearOutside Seat Position
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 50/409
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strapf the child restraint has one.
1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
2. Secure the child n the child restraintas the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and runhe lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughr
around the restraint. he child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in frontf the child’sface or
neck, put t behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quicklyf you everhad to.
1-39
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 51/409
5 . Pull the rest of the shoulder belt a11 the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
7. Push and pull the child restraint i n differentdirections t o be sure i t is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's
safety belt and let it go back a l l the way. The safety beltwill nmc'c freely again and be ready to work for an adultor larger child passenger.
1-40
Center Seat Positions (4-hOr Models) Securing a Child Restraint in he RightFront Seat Position
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 52/409
Don't use child restraints in these positions. Therestraints won't work properly.
You'll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier partabout the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1 . Put the restraint on the scat. Follow the instructionsf o r the child restraint.
3. Secure the child i n the child restraint as theinstructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate. and run the lap and shoulderportions of the \:chicle's safety belt through oraround the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how .
11' the shoulcier belt goes i n f ron t of the child's face orneck. put it bchind the child restraint.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 53/409
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure therelease button ispositioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quickly if you ever had o.
I
5 . Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
1-42
7. Push and pull the child restraint in differentdirections to be sure it is secure.f you’re using abucket seat, adjust the seat forward until theap
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 54/409
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into theretractor whileyou push down on the child restraint.
portion of the safety belt holds the restraint firmly.But don’t move t any more than needed to tightenthe lap belt.
To remove the child restraint,ust unbuckle thevehicle’s
safety belt and lett go back all theway. The safety beltwill move freely again and e ready to work for an adultor larger child passenger.
1-43
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 55/409
Children who have outgrown child restraints shouldwear the vehicle’s safety belts.
1-44
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 56/409
Never do this.
Here two children re wearing the same belt. The
belt can’t properly pread the impact forces.n a
crash, the wo children can be crushed togetherand seriously injured.A belt must be used by
only one person t a time.
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
but the child iso small that the shoulder belt is
very close to he child’s face r neck?
A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt till is on the child’s
shoulder, so that ina crash the child’s upper bodywould have the restraint that belts rovide. If the
child is sitting in a rear outside position of a
four-door model, see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides’’ in the Index. If the child s so small that
the shoulder belt is still very close to the child’sface orneck, you might want to place the child in aseat that has a lap belt, if your vehicle has one.
A CAUTION:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 57/409
Never do this.
Here a child s sitting in a seat that has
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder parts behind
the child. If the child wears the belt in thisay , ina crash the child might slide under theelt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen. That could cause seriousr
fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the la p portion of the belt
should be worn lo w and snugon the hips, just touchingthe child‘s thighs. This applies be.lt force t o the child’spelvic bones i n a crash.
1-46 ~
Safety Belt Extender
I f the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
Checking Your Restraint Systems
N ow and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 58/409
should use it .
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, yourdealer w i l l order you an extender. It’s 1.1-ee.Whe,n yougoin to order i t , take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the
extender will be. long enough for you. The extender willbe just for you, and just for the seat i n your vehicle thatyou choose. Don‘t let someone else use i t , and use i t
only for the seat it is made to f i t . To wear it . just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
and all y o ~ ~ relts, buckles, latch plates, retractors andanchorages are working properly. Look for any otherloose or dan~aged afety belt system parts. If you seeanything that tnighl keep a safety belt system from
doing its job, have i t repaired.
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you i n acrash. They can ri p apart under impact forces. I f a belt is
torn or I-i-ayed, geta new one right away.
Also look fo r any opened or broken air bag covers. andhave them repaired or replaced. (The a i r bag systemdoes not need regular maintenance.)
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 59/409
I f Y U L I ' V ~ ad a crash, d o you need ne" belts'!
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessnry.
But if the belts were stretched, a s they would be if worn
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
Tc hell, av0.c personal Icn:ury. buckle asserlb ymus t be replaced.
P,U alder i Ier lesSe e Owner's Manual
blessu,,es corporelles. abotlc~aolt 6tre rernplac6e.Voir leGuldeducondtrctewPrinred m U.S A.
I f an air bag inflates, you'll need to replace air bag
system parts. See the part o n the air bag system earlier in
this section.
1-48
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 60/409
1-49
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 61/409
1-50
Section 2 Features and Controls
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 62/409
Here you can learn about the many standard and optional featureson your vehicle. and informationon starting.shifting and braking. Also explained arethe instru~nsnt anel and the warning systems that tell you i f everything isworking properly -- and what t o do i f you have LI problem.
2-22-62-9
2- 1 2
2-132-132- 15
2- 172-182-2 I2-232-232-233-29
2-30
2-33
Keys
Keyless Entry System ( I f Equipped)Endgate/LiftgateThe tt
New Vehicle "Break-In"Ignition PositionsStarting Your Engine
Ensine Coolant Heater- (Option)Automatic Transmission OperationManual TransmissionLocking Rear AxleAll-Wheel Drive ( I f Equipped)Four-Wheel Drive ( I f Equipped)Parking BrakeShifting I n t o PARK (P ) (AutomaticTrans~nissionModels Only)
Shifting Out of PARK (Pj(Automatic Transmission)
2-33
3-34
2-332-.3S
2-36
--3 83-452-41)
2-632-632-642-672-72
2-1
Keys
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 63/409
I A CAUTION:-Leaving young children in vehicle with the
ignition key s dangerous for many reasons.A child or others could be badly injured or
even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don’t
leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.
2-2
This vehicle has one
double-sided key for the
ignition, endgate, spare tire
I NOTICE:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 64/409
lock (two-door vehicles)
and door locks.t will fit
with either side up.
Your vehicle hasa number of new features
that can help prevent theft. But you can have a
lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever
lock your keys inside. You may even haveo
damage your vehicle to get in.obe sure you
have extra keys.
When a new vehicle is delivered, the dealer provides
the ownerwith a pairof identical keys nd a key
code number.The key code number tells your dealerr a qualified
locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep this numberna safe place. f you lose your keys, you’lle able to have
new ones made easily usinghis number. Your selling
dealer should also have this number.
2-3
Door Locks
To lock your door from the inside, slide the lever o n
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 65/409
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers -- especially children -- can easilyopen the doors andall out. When a door s
locked, the inside handlewon’t open it.
Outsiders can easily enter throughn unlocked
door when you slow down r sto p yourehicle.
This may not beo obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown out f the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’tocked. Wear safety beltsproperly, lock your doors, and ou will be fa r
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.
There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
You can use the Keyless Entry System, if YOLI havethis option.
your inside door rearward.
To unlock the door, slide thelever on your inside door
forward. You will see a redarea on the lever.
2-4
Power Door Locks If Equipped)
If your vehicle has powerdoor locks. the switch is
Rear Door Security Lock
With this feature. you canlock the rear doors so hey
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 66/409
located on the armrestPress LOCK to lock allthe doors at once.
To unlock the doors. press the raised area next t o the
key symbol.On four-door models, the lever on each rear door workson ly that door's lock.
can't be opened from theinside by passengers.
Move the lock up to lockthe doors and down torelease the door locks.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle. take your key, open yourdoor and set the locks from inside. Thenget out andclose the door .
2-5
Keyless Entry SystemIf Equipped)
I f your vehicle has this option, you can lock and unlockyour doors and rear endgate from up to 30 feet (9 m)
This system has a range of about 3 feet ( 1 m ) up to30 feet (9 m). At times you may notice a decrease in
range. This is normal for any remote keyless entrysystem. I f the transmitter does not work or if you have
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 67/409
away using the remote keyless entry transmitter suppliedwith your vehicle.
Your Keyless Entry System operates on a adio
frequency subject to Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) Rules and with Industry andScience Canada.
This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject o the following two conditions:( 1 ) this device may not cause h m f u l interference, and(2 ) this device must accept any interference received.including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry andScience Canada. Operation is subject to the followingtw o conditions: ( 1 ) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that maycause undesired operation of th e device.
Changes or modifications to this system other than anauthorized service facility could void authorization touse this equipment.
to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter towork. try this:
Check to determine if battery replacement or
resynchronization is necessary. See th e instructionsthat follow.
Check the distance. You may be too fi~rrom yourvehicle. YOLImay need to stand closer during rainyor snowy weather.
0 Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may beblocking the signal. Takea few steps to the left or right,
and try again.If you’re still having trouble. see your G M dealer ora qualified technician for service.
Changes or modifications to this system by other than an
authorized service facility could void authorization touse this equiplnent.
2-6 - ~
Operation
When you press UNLOCK. the driver's door andendgate will unlock automatically. I f you press
Battery Replacement
Under normal L I S ~ .he battery in you r remote keylessentry transmitter should ast about tw o years.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 68/409
UNLOCK again within five seconds. all doors will
unlock. Press LOCK to lock all the doors.
Press the REAR button twice within 3 1/2 seconds t o
unlock and unlatch the rear glass. If your vehicle has
an automatic transmission. the transmissionmust bei n PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N) . f your vehicle h as
a manual transmission, you must engage theparking brake.
Matching Transmitter(s)To Your Vehicle
Each remote keyless entry transmitter s coded t o
prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.I f a transmitter is lost or stolen. a replacenm~t an bepurchased through your dealer. Remember to bring any
remaining transmitters with you when you go to y o ~ ~ rdealer. When the doaler matches the replacementtransmitter to yourc.ehicle, a n y renlaining transmittersInust also be matched. Once y o ~ ~ realer h a s coded thenew translnitter. the los t transmitter will no t unlock yourvehicle. Each vehicle can have o n l y two transmitters
matched t o it.
You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won'twork at the normal range in any location. I f you have to
it's probably time to change the battery.5et close t o your vehiclebefore th e transmitter works,
1 NOTICE:
Wh en replacing the battery, use care not to touch
any of the circuitry. Static from your body
transferred to these surfaces may dam age
the transmitter.
2-7
To replace the battery in the Keyless Entry transmitter: Resynchronization
Resynchronization may be necessary due to the securitymethod used by this system. The transmitter does notsend the same signal twice to the receiver. The receiver
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 69/409
1. Insert a dime in the slot between the covers of thetransmitter housing near the key ringhole. Removethe bottom by twisting the dime.
CR2032 or equivalent battery, positive (+)side down.
2. Remove and replace the battery with a three volt
3. Align the covers and snap them together.
4. Check the operation of the transmitter.
will not respond to a signal it has been sent previously.This prevents anyone from recording and playing backthe signal from the transmitter.
To resynchronize your transmitter, stand close to yourvehicle and simultaneously press and hold the LOCKand UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter for at leastfive seconds. Thedoor locks should cycle to confirmsynchronization. If the locks do not cycle,see your dealer for service.
2-8
EndgateLiftgate Endgate Mounted Spare
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 70/409
It can be dangerous to driveith the rear
window, endgate or liftgate open because carbon
monoxide ( C O ) gas can come into your ehicle.You can’t see or smell CO. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
I f you must drive with the rear indow, endgate
or liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other
cable connections must pass through the seal
between the body and the rearindow, endgate
or liftgate:Make sure allwindows are shut .
Turn the fan on your heating or coolingsystem to its highest speed with the setting on
VENT. That will force outside air into your
vehicle. See “Comfort Controls” in the Index.
instrument panel, open hen1 all the way.
0 If ’you have air outlets on or under the
See “Ikgine Exhaust” in the Index.
2-9
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Endgate Release
To open a mechanical lock system from the outside,insert the key into the lock and turn it counterclockwiseto unlock the glass.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 71/409
The endgate and glass will automatically lock when shut.
To open a power lock system fromhe outside, insert the
key into the lock button and turn counterclockwise. Alldoors will unlock.
You may also use the keyless entry system, or the powerdoor locks, if you’re vehicle is o equipped.
When doors are unlocked,press the button to openthe glass.
The endgatecan be opened without a key if the driver’sdoor is unlocked. The endgate glasswill not release ifthe vehicle is in gear.
To lock a power lock system from the outside, insertthe key into the lock button and turn clockwise. Alldoors will lock.
2-10
Remote Rear Glass Release
This button o n the driver'sside o f the steering column
Liftgate Release
Inscrl thc key i n the lock button and turncounterclockwise. All doors will unlock. You may also usethe power lock switches o r the keyless entry system. if '
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 72/409
allows you t o r~leaseherear glass from insidethe vehicle
If your vehicle has an automatic transmission, y o u r shiftlever must be i n PARK (P)or NEUTRAL ( N ) for therelease t o work.
your vehicle is so equipped. Use the handle to open theliftgate. Press the button t o open the glass Lvhen the liftgateis closed. The glass won't release if the vehicle is i n getu.
Emergency Release for OpeningEndgatekiftgate
I . Peel back o r slit the carpet locally t o expose theaccess hole i n the trim panel.
2 . Use a t h i n screwdriverto reach through the
access holes in both thetrim panel and thehardware cover.
Pry the release levertoward the passenger'sside unt i l the glass latchpops ope 11
3 . Reattach the carpet securely.
2-11
TheftVehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.Although your vehicle has a number of theft-deter-rent
Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close a l l windows and lock yourvehicle. Remember t o keep your valuables out of sight.Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 73/409
features, we know that nothing we put on i t can makei t impossible to steal. However, there are ways youcan help.
Key in the IgnitionI f you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s aneasy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- sodon’t do it .
When you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door.you’ll hear a tone reminding you to remove your keyfrom the ignition and take it with you. Always do this.
Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will yourignition. If you have an automatic transmission, takingyour key out also locks your transmission. Andremember to lock the doors.
Parking Lots
I f you park i n a lot where someone will be watching
your vehicle, i1.s best to lock i t up and take your keys.But what if ~ O L Iave to leave your ignition key? What if
you have to leave something \duable i n your vehicle?
0 Put your valuables in a storage area, like your
2 love box.
0 Lock a l l th c doors except the driver’s.
2-12
New Vehicle “Break-In”
NOTICE:
Ignition Positions
Use the key to turn the ignition switch to five differentpositions.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 74/409
Your modern vehicle doesn’t need n elaborate
“break-in.” But itwill perform better n the long
run if you follow these guidelines:0 Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) or
less for the first 00 miles (805 km).
0 Don’t drive at any one speed - fast or
slow -- for the first 00 miles (805 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
200 miles (322 km) or o. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can meanpremature wear and earlier replacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake linings.
See “Towinga Trailer” in the Index for
more information.
0 Avoid making hard stops for the first
Don’t tow a trailer during break-in.
CI
ACCESSORY (A): ACCESSORY lets you use thingslike the radio and the windshield wipers when theengine is off. Push in the key and turn i t toward you .
Your steering wheel will remain locked. just as i t wasbefore you inserted the key.
2-13
NOTICE:
Don’t operate accessories in the ACCESSORYOn manual transmissionvehicles, turning thekey
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 75/409
position for long periods of time. Prolonged
operation of accessories in theACCESSORY
position could drain your battery and prevent
you from starting our vehicle.
LOCK (B): This position locks your ignition, steeringwheel and transmission. It’s a theft-deterrent feature.You will only be able to remove your key when theignition is turned to LOCK.
OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the engine but
still turn the steering wheel. Use OFF if you must haveyour vehicle in motion while the engine is off (forexample, if your vehicle is being towed).
RUN (D): This is the position for driving.
START (E): This starts your engine.
to LOCK will lock the steeringcolumn and result
in a loss of ability to steer theehicle. This could
cause a collision. If you need to turn theengine
off while the vehicle is moving, urn the key only
to OFF. Don’t press thekey release button while
the vehicle is moving.
I NOTICE: I
If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sure you are using the correctkey; if
so, is it all theway in? If it is, then turn the
steering wheel left and rightwhile you turn the
key hard. But turn thekey only with our hand.
Using a tool to force t could break thekey or the
ignition switch. If none of this works, then yourvehicle needs service.
I
2-14
Key Release Button
The key cannot be removedfrom the ignition of 111anualtransmission vehicles
Starting Your Engine
Automatic Transmission
Move your shift lever t o PARK (P)or NEUTRAL ( N ) .
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 76/409
l~nlesshe key releasebutton is used.
To r e ~ ~ x w ehe key on manual transmission vehicles.
t111-nthe key to the OFF position. Then turn the key t othe LOCK position while pressing the key release buttondown at the same tinle. Pull the key straight out.
On automatic transmission \:chicles, turn the key t o
LOCK and p d l i t straight out.
Your engine won't start in any ot l~er osition -- that's a
safety feature. To restart when you're 1111-cl:;~ciymoving,use NEUTRAL ( N) nly.
NOTICE:
Don't try to shift to PARK ( P ) f' your vehicle
is moving. If you do, you could dam age the
transmission. Shift to PARK (P ) only when
your vehicle is stopped.
2-15
Manual Transmission
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 77/409
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be
drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can
damage your startermotor.
2. I f it doesn’t start right away, hold your key i nSTART. I f it doesn’t start i n 10 seconds. push th eaccelerator pedal a l l the w ay clown I‘or f i v e 11101-eseconds, o r u n t i l it starts.
I NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to workwith the
electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change theway
the engine operates.Before adding electrical
equipment, checkwith your dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have yourehicle towed, see
the partof this manua l that ells how to do it
without damaging yourvehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
2-16
Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
I n very cold weather. 0°F(- 18°C) or colcfer. theengine coolant heater
Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 78/409
can help. could causean electrical shock.Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the
cord intoa properly grounded three-prong110-volt AC outlet. If the cordwon't reach, use
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.
You'll get easier starting and better file1 economy during
engine wa1-tm-up. Usually, the coolant heater shouldbeplugged in a tnini~num f four hours prior t o startingyour vehicle.
To Use the Coolant Heater
1 . Turn of f the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
3 . Pl~ lg t into a nol-r.nal, grounded 1 I O - v o l t AC outlet.
4. Before starting the engine. be s~11-eo unplug and
store the cordas i t was before to keep i t a w a y
f rom moving engine parts. I f you c l o n ' t . i t couldbe da111~1ged.
H o w long should you keep thecoolant heater pluggedi n ? The answer depends o n the outside temperature. thekind of o i l you have, and solne other things. nstead of
trying t o list everything here. we ask that ~ O L I ontactyoc~r M dealer i n the area where you'll be parking yourvehicle. The dealercan gi\:e you the best advice f o r that
particular area.
2-17
Automatic TransmissionOperationYour automatic transmission may have a shift leverlocated on the console between the seats or on thesteering column. It is dangerous to get outf your vehicle if the
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 79/409
There are several different positions for Y O L K shift lever.
I f your vehicle is equipped with a column sh i f t lever. i t
features an electronic shift position indicator within theinstrument cluster. This display must be poweredanytime the shift lever is capable of being moved out o f - ’
the PARK (P) position. This means that if your key is i n
the OFF position, but not locked, there will be a snnallcurrent drain on your battery which could dischargeyour battery over a period o f time. I f you need t o leaveyour key in the ignition i n the OFF position for a n
extended period, i t is recommended that you disconnectthe battery cable from the battery to prevent dischargingyour battery.
PARK (P):This locks your rear wheels. It’s the bestposition to use when Y O L I start your engine because y o ~ ~ rvehicle can’t move easily.
shift lever is not fully inPARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyet. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine srunning unless you have o. If you have left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or others coulde injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’reon fairly
level ground, a lways set your parking brake and
nwve the shift lever toARK (P).
If you have four-wheel drive, your ehicle will
be free to oll -- even if your shift lever sin PARK (P ) -- if your transfercase is in
NEUTRAL ( N ) . So, be sure the transfer case is in
a drive gear, two-wheel high2HI) or four-wheel
high ( 4 H I )or four-wheel low (4LO) -- not in
N E U T R A L (N) . See “Shifting IntoPARK (P)” n
the Index. If you’re pullinga trailer, see “Towing
a Trailer” in the Index.
2-18
E11~~11-e thehift lever is f ~ ~ l l yn PARK (P) range beforestarting the engine. Your vehicle has a brake-transmissionshift interlock. You have to fully apply your regular brakesbefore you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignitionkey is in the RUN position. I f you cannot shift out of
NEUTRAL ( N ) : In this position, your engine doesn’tconnect with the wheels. To restart when you’re alreadymoving. use NEUTRAL ( N) nly.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 80/409
PARK (P),ease pressure on the shift lever -- push the shiftlever all the way into PARK (P) (press the button in on theconsole shift lever) a s you maintain brake application.
Then n~ovehe shift lever into the gear you wish. See“Shifting Out of PARK (P)“ in the Index.
REVERSE (R):Use this gear t o back up.
NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE (R) while yourehicle
is moving forward could damage your
transmission. Shift o REVERSE (R) nlyafter yourvehicle is stopped.
To rock y o ~ ~ rehicle back and forth to get out of snow.ice or sand without damaging your transmission, see”Stuck: I n Sand, Mud. Ice or Snow“ in the Index.
Shifting outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL N) while
your engine is “racing” (running at igh speed) is
dangerous. Unless your foots firmly on the
brake pedal, yourvehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or
ob-jects. Don’t shift out f PARK (P)or
NEUTRAL (N ) while your engine s racing.
I NOTICE:
Damage to your transmission caused y shifting
out of PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N ) with the
engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
2-19
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (a): his position is fornormal driving. I f you need more power for passing,and you’re:
Going less than about 35 mph (56 km/h), push your
You can also L I S ~ ECOND (2 ) for starting your vehiclefrom a stop on slippery road surfaces.
FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power(but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 81/409
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
0 Going about 35 mph (56 k d h ) or more, push theaccelerator all the way down.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@) should not be usedwhen towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load. driving onsteep hills, or for off-road driving. Select DRIVE (D )when operating the vehicle under any of these conditions.
DRIVE (D): This position is also used for normaldriving, however i t offers Inore power and lower fuel
economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@). You
should use DRIVE (D ) when towing a trailer, carrying aheavy load, driving on steep hills or winding roads orfor off-road driving.
SECOND (2):This position gives you more power butlower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2 ) on hills.It can help control your speed as you go down steepmountain roads, but then you would also want to useyour brakes off and on.
use i t on very steep hills, or i n deep snow or mud. If theselector lever is pu t in FIRST (1) while the vehicle is
moving forward. the transmission won’t shift into
FIRST ( I ) unt i l thc vehicle is going slowly enough.
NOTICE:
If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
drive. Th is might happ en if you were stuck in
very deep sand or m ud or were up against a solid
object. You could d amage you r transm ission.Also, if you stop when going up hill, don’t hold
your vehicle there with only the accelerator
pedal. This could overheat and dam age the
transmission. Use your brakes or shift into
PARK (P) to hold your vehicle in position
on a hill.
2-20
Manual Transmission Operation
5-Speed
Here’s how to operate your transmission:
FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift intoFIRST ( I ) . Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal asyou press the accelerator pedal.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 82/409
This is your shift pattern.
You can shift into FIRST ( 1 ) when you‘re going lessthan 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a completestop and it’s hard to shift into FIRST ( 1): put the shift
lever in NEUTRAL ( N ) and let up on the clutch. Pressthe clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST ( 1 ).
SECOND (2):Press the clutch pedal as you let up onthe accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND (2). Then,slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press theaccelerator pedal.
THIRD, FOURTH A ND FIFTH (3,4 and 5): Shift
into THIRD (3) . FOURTH (4) and FIFTH ( 5 ) he sameway you do for SECOND (2 ) . Slowly let up on theclutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press thebrake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press theclutch pedal and the brake pedal. and shift toNEUTRAL ( N ) .
2-21
NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when you start oridle your engine.
REVERSE (R): To back up, press th e clutch pedal, waitabout six seconds, then shift into REVERSE (R) . Thenlet up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the
Shift Light
If you have a manualtransmission. you have aSHIFT light.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 83/409
accelerator pedal.
I NOTICE:
Shift to REVE RSE (R)only after your v ehicle
is stopped. Shifting to REV ERS E (R) while
your vehicle is moving could damage
your transmission.
Use REVERSE (R), along with the parking brake. forparking your vehicle.
SHIFT
This light w i l l show you when to shift to the next highergear for best fuel economy.
When this l ight comes on, you can shift to the nexthigher gear if weather, road and traffic conditions letyou. For the best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and
shift when the light comes on .
While you accelerate, i t is normal for the l ight to go on
and off if you quickly change the position of theaccelerator. Ignore the SHIFT light when you downshift.
2-22
If’ ou skip more thanone gear when you
All-Wheel Drive If Equipped)
I f your \:chicle has all-wheel drive, y o u r engine’sdriving power is sent to all four wheels for extratraction. This is like four-wheel drive, but there is nolever or switch to engage or disengage the front axle.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 84/409
downshift, you could lose controlof your vehicle.
And you could injure yourself or others. Don’t shift
down more than one gear when you downshift.
I f your vehicle has four-wheel drive and is equippedwith a manual transmission. disregard he shift lightw l x n the transfer case is in 4LO.
Locking Rear Axle
If you have this feature. your rear axle can give you
additional traction on sno\v, m u d . ice, sand 01- g r a ~ ~ l .tworks like a standard axle most o f the time, but whenone of the rear nh x l s has n o traction and the other does,the locking feature will allow the wheel with traction to~novehe vehicle.
I t is fu l ly automatic and adjwts itself as needed form i d conditions.
Four-wheel Drive (If Equipped)
If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, you can send yourengine’s driving power t o all four wheels for extratraction. To shift out of two-wheel drive and intofour-wheel drive, move the transfer case shift lever to4 H I o r 4 L O . You should use ?HI for most normaldriving conditions.
1 NOTICE:~ ~ ~ ~
Driving in the 4H I or 41,O positions for a long
time on dry or wet pavem ent could shorten the
life of your vehicle’s drivetrain.
2-23
Manual Transfer Case
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 85/409
If your four-wheel-drive vehicle has the manual transfercase, the transfer case shift lever is on the floor next tothe driver. Use this lever to shift into and out offour-wheel drive.
An indicator light near the lever shows you the transfer
case settings:2HI
4HI
0 N SET PARK BRAKE
0 4LO
2-24
The front axle portion of the diagram on the indicatorwill light up when you shift into four-wheel drive. A
slight delay between shifting and the pattern's lighting isnormal. If the pattern does not light up, or if the frontaxle lights do not go out after you shift ou t of
4LO: This setting also engages your front axle to giveyou extra traction and provides extra gear reduction.YOLIm ay never need 4LO. I t sends the maximum powerto a l l four wheels. You might choose 4 L 0 if you weredriving off-road in sand, mud or deep snow and
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 86/409
four-wheel drive, have your dealer check your system.Turn the IN T LIGHTS switch located to the right ofyour headlamp switch to dim your transfer case
indicator light when your headlamps or parking lampsare on. This will also cause your instrument p.anel lightsto dim.
2HI: This setting is for driving in most street andhighway situat.ions. Your front axle is not engaged i n
two-wheel drive.
4HI: This setting engages your front axle to helpdrive your vehicle. Use 4H 1 when you need extratraction. such as on snowy or icy roads. or i n mostoff-road situations.
N SET PARK BRAKE: Shift to this neutral settingonly when your vehicle needs to be towed.
climbing or descending steep hills.
You can shift from 2HI to 4H 1 or from 4H I to 2HI whilethe vehicle is moving. Do not press the transfer case
shift lever button when shifting from 2HI t o ;CHI orfrom 4H I t o 2 HI .
To shift your transfer case into N SET PARK BRAKE:
1 . Stop the vehicle and shift your transmission intoNEUTRAL ( N ) .
2. Set the parking brake. Your vehicle can roll unlessthe brakes are applied.
3. Pull the transfer case shift lever into N SETPARK BRAKE.
2-25
To shift into or out of 4LO:
1. The vehicle must be moving less than 3 mph(4.8 km/h) with the transmission in NEUTRAL ( N )
for an automatic transmission. For a manualtransmission, the clutch pedal must be engaged.
Electronic TransferCase (If Equipped)
If your four-wheel-drivevehicle has the electronictransfer case, the transfer
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 87/409
The preferred method fo r shifting into or out of 4LOis to have your vehicle moving I to 2 tnph ( I .6 to3.2 km/h).
2. Press the transfer case shift button and shift i n onecontinuous motion.
Don’t pause in N SET PARK BRAKE as you shift intoor out of 4 L 0 , or your gears could clash.
Remember that driving in 4H I o r 4LO m ay reduce fueleconomy. Also, driving in four-wheel drive on dry
pavement could cause your tires to wear faster andmake your transfer case harder to shif t and reducepowertrain longevity.
case switches are abovethe radio controls.
Use these switches to shift into and out of four-wheel
drive. You can choose among three driving settings:2HI: This setting is for driving i n most street andhighway situations. Your front axle is not engaged in
two-wheel drive. When this lamp is lit, it is aboutone-half as bright a s the others.
4HI : This setting engages your front axle to help driveyour vehicle. Use 4HI when you need extra traction, suchas on snowy or icy roads. 01- in most off-road situations.
2-26
4LO: This setting also engagesyour front axle to giveyou extra traction. You may never need 4LO. I t sendsthe maximum power to all f o u r wheels. You mightchoose 4LO if you were driving off-road in sand, mudor deep snow and climbing or descending steep ills.
an automatic transmission or the clutch pedal engaged invehicles equipped with a manual transmission. Thepreferred method for shifting into 4LO is to have yourvehicle moving 1 t o 2 mph ( I .6 to 3.2 kmh) . Pressand release the 4LO switch. You must wait for the
4LO indicator light to stop flashing and remain
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 88/409
Indicator lights i n the switches show you which settingyou are i n . The indicator lights will come o n briefly whenyou turn on the ignition and one will stay on. If the lightsdo not come on, yo u should take your vehicle in forservice. An indicator light will flash while shifting. It will
remain illuminated when the shift is completed.
Shifting from 2HI to 4HI
Press and release the 4H I switch. This canbe done atany speed. and the front axle will lock automatically.
Shifting from 4H I to 2HI
Press and release the 2HI switch. This canbe done a t
any speed. and the. front axle will unlock automatically.
Shifting from 2HI or 4HI to 4LO
To shift from 2HI or .CHI t o 4LO. the vehicle must bestopped or moving less than 3 rnph (4.8 k ~ n h ) it h the
transmissionin
NEUTRAL( N ) i n
vehicles equipped with
illuminated before shifting your transmission intogear or releasing the clutch pedal.
If the 4L 0 switch is pressed when your vehicle is in
gear and/or moving, the 4LO indicator light will flashfor 30 seconds and n o t complete the shift unless yourvehicle is moving slower than 3 tnph (4.8km/h) andthe transmission is in NEUTRAL (N) r the clutchpedal engaged.
On automatic transmission equipped vehicles, f yourtransfer case doesnot shift into 4LO. your transmissionindicator switch may reyuire adjustment. With y o u r
transmission i n NEUTRAL (N)!press and release the4 L 0 switch. While he 4LO indicator light is flashing.shift y o ~ l rransmission into PARK ( P ) . Wait u n l i l the4L 0 indicator light remains illuminated before shiftingyour trrmstnission i n t o gear. This will get yo u into 4LO.but you should take y o u r vehicle i n for service to restorenormal operation.
Shifting from 4L O to 4H I or 2H I
To shift from 4LO to4HI or 2H1, your vehicle must bestopped or moving less than 3 mph (4.8 kndh)with thetransnJission in NEUTRAL (N ) or the clutch pedalengaged. The preferred method for shifting out of
On automatic transmission equipped vehicles. if yourtransfer case does not shift into 4H1, your transmissionindicator switch may require adjustment. With yourtransmission i n NEUTRAL (N) , press and release the4HI switch. While the 4HI indicator light is flashing,
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 89/409
4LO is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph (1.6 to3 .2 k d h ) . Press and release the 4HI switch. You must
wait for the 4H I indicator light to stop flashing andremain illuminated before shifting your transmissioninto gear or releasing the clutch pedal.
If the 4Hi switch is pressed when your vehicle is in gearand/or moving. the 4HI indicator light will flash for30 seconds but not complete the shift unless thevehicle is moving slower than 3 nlph (4.8 km/h) andthe transmission is in N E U T R A L ( N ) or the clutch
pedal engaged.
shift your transmission into PARK (P). Wait until the4HI indicator light remains illuminated before shiftingyour transmission into gear. This will get you into 4H1,
but you should take your vehicle in for service to restorenorrnal operation.
2-2s
Parking Brake
To set the parking brake. hold the regular brake pedaldown with your right foot. Push down the parking brakepedal with your left foot. I f the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light w i l l come on.
NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brake on can cause
your rear b rakes to overheat. You may have to
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 90/409
To release the parking brake hold the regular brakepedal d o w n .
replace them, and you could also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
If y ou are towing a trailer and you must park on a hill,
see "Towing a Trailer" in the Index. That section showswhat to d o f irs t to keep the trailer from moving.
2-29
Shifting IntoPARK (P) (AutomaticTransmission Models Only)
Column Shift Lever1 . Hold th e brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brakc.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position like this:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 91/409
It can be dangerous to getut of your vehicle if
the shift levers not fully inPARK (P)with theparking brake firmlyet. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have left the engine running, the ehicle can
move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured.
To be sure your ehicle won’t move, even when
you’re on fairly evel ground, use the steps that
follow. If you have four-wheel drive with a manual
transfer case shiftlever and your transfer casesin NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle will be free toroll,
even if your shift levers in PARK (P). So, be sure
the transfer case s ina drive gear-- not in
NEUTRAL (N). If you’re pulling a trailer, see
“Towing a Trailer” in the ndex.
2-30
Console Shift Lever1 . Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P ) position like this:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 92/409
0 Move the lever u p as far a s i t will go.
3. I f you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfercase shift lever-.be sure the transfer case is in a drivegear -- not in N E U T R A L ( N ) .
4. Turn the ignition key to L O C K .
5 . Retnove the key and take i t with you. If you canleave your vehicle with the key, your vehicle is in
PARK (P).
0 Hold in the button on the lever.
0 Push the lever all the way toward the front of
the vehicle.
3 . Turn the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. I f you can leaveyour vehicle with the key. your vehicle is in PARK (P).
2-31
Leaving Your Vehicle With the EngineRunning (Automatic TransmissionModels Only)
parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. Afteryou've moved the shift lever into the PARK (P)
position, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, seeif you can move the shift lever away from PARK (P)without first pulling it toward you (or pressing thebutton on a console shift lever). If YOLI can, it means that
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 93/409
It can be dangerous to eave your vehicle with theengine running. Your vehicle could move suddenlJ
if the shift lever is not fully inPARK (P ) with the
parking brake firmly et. If you have four-wheel
drive with a manual transfer case shiftever and
your transfercase is in NEUTRAL (N) ,your
vehicle will be free to oll, even if your shift leveris in PARK (P). So be sure the transferase i s in a
drive gear-- not in NEUTRAL (N). And, if you
leave the vehicle with the engine running, it ould
overheat and even catch fire. You or otherscould
be injured. Don't leave your vehicle with the
engine runningunless you have to.
If you have to leave your vehicle with the enginerunning, be sure your vehicle is i n PARK (P) and y o ~ ~ r
the shift lever wasn't fully locked into PARK (P).
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)I f you are parking ona hill and you don't shift yourtransmission into PARK (P) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force o n the parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shiftlever out of PARK (P).This is called "torque lock." To
prevent torque lock, set the parking br'ke and then shiftinto PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver's seat.
To find out how, see "Shifting Into PARK (P)" inthe Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out ofPARK (P) k c $ ~ w y o u release the parking brake.
I F torque lock does occur. you may need to have anothervehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of thepressure from the parking pawl in the transmission, so
~ O L Ian pull the shift lever out of PARK (P).
2-32
Shifting Out of PARK (P)(Automatic Transmission)
Your vehicle has a brake-transmission shift interlock.YOLIhave to fully apply your regular brake before youcan shift from PARK (PI when the ignition is in the
Parking Your Vehicle (ManualTransmission Models Only)
Before you get out of your vehicle, turn off your engine,pu t your- manual transmission in REVERSE (R ) and
f i rmly apply the parking brake.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 94/409
R U N position. See "Automatic Transmission Operation"in the Index.
I f you cannot shift out of PARK (P)? ase pressure onthe shift lever -- push the shift lever all the way into
PARK (P ) as you maintain brake application. Thenmove the shift lever into the gear you want (you mustpress the shift lever button if you have the consoleshift lever).
If you ever hold the brake pedal down bu t still can'tshift out of PARK (P)? ry this:
1 . Turn the key to OFF.
2. Apply and hold the brake un t i l the end of Step 3.
3 . Shift to NEUTRAL ( N ) .
4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gearyou want.
5 . Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
I f you have four-wheel drive with it manual transfer case
shift lever, be sure your transfer case is in a drive gear.
Your vehicle could roll if it isn ' t .
I f you are parking on a hill . or if your vehicle is pullinga trailer, see "Towing a Trailer" i n the Index .
2-33
Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust‘ h CAUTION:
Engine exhaust can ill. It contains the gas
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 95/409
I ,
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust
parts under your vehicle an d ignite. Don’t park
over papers, eaves, dry grass or other things thatcan burn.
J
carbon monoxide ( C O ) ,which you can’tsee or
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming n if :
Your exhaust system sounds strange
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
Your vehicle was damaged when driving
o v e r high points on the road r over
road debris.
or different.
Repairs weren’t done correctly.
0 Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust s coming into
your vehicle:
0 Drive it only with all the windows down to
0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.blow out any C O; and
2-34
Running Your Engine While You’reParked (Automatic Transmission)
It’s better not to park with the engine running. Butfever have to, here are some thingso know.
IIt can be dangerouso get out of your vehicle if
the shift lever is not fullyn PARK (P) with the
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 96/409
Idling the engine with he air system control
off could allow dangerous exhaustnto
your vehicle (see he earlier Caution under
“Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide ( C O ) nto your vehicle evenf
the fan switch isat the highest setting. One placethis can happen is a garage. Exhaust- with
CO -- can come in easily.NEVER park in a
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can be blizzard.
l (See “Blizzard” in the Index.)
parking brake firmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is
running unless you have to.f you’ve left theengine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured.o be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re onairly
level ground, always set yourarking brake and
move the shift lever toARK (P).
If you have four-wheel drivewith a manual transfer caseshift lever and your transfer case is in NEUTRALN),your vehicle will e free to roll, even f your shift leveris inPARK (P). So, be sure the transfer case is in a drivegear -- not in NEUTRAL (N). Always set your parkingbrake. Follow the proper stepso be sure your vehiclewon’t move. See “Shifting Into ARK (P)” in the Index.
If you’re pulling a trailer, seeTowing a Trailer” in
the Index.
2-35
Windows
Manual Windows
Turn the hand crank on each door to raise or lower yourmanual side door windows.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 97/409
Power Windows (If Equipped)
I f you have the optional power windows, the controlsare on each of th e side doors. Your power windows willonly work when the ignition has been turned to R U N .The driver’s doorhas a switch for the passengerwindows as well.
Press the side of the switch with the down arrow to
lower the window.
Press the side of the switch with the up arrow to raisethe window.
Express-Down Window
The driver’s window switch has an express-down featurethat allows you to lower it without holding the windowswitch. Hold the driver’s window switch down for morethan a half a second to activate the express-down feature.
Lightly tap the switch to open the window slightly. Theexpress-down feature can be interrupted at any time bypressing the up arrow end of the switch.
2-36
Lockout Switch Swing-Out Windows (2-Door Only)I f your vehicle has rearswing-out windows, unlatchthem at their clasps andpush out on the glass toopen them.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 98/409
Four-door vehicles have a lockout feature to preventpassengers from operating power windows. I t is locatedo n the driver’s door. Press LOCK to activate this feature.Press NORM and the windows return to normal operation.
When you close the window, be sure the latch catches.
HornTOsound the horn, press the horn symbols on thesteering wheel pad.
2-37
Tilt Wheel (If Equipped)
If you have the tilt steeringwheel, you should adjustthe steering wheel beforeyo u drive.
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 99/409
You ca n raise i t to the highest level to give your legs
more room when you enter and exit the vehicle.To t i l t the wheel, hold the steerins wheel and pull thelever toward you. Move the steering wheelo acomfortable level. then release the lever to lock thewheel i n place.
Do not ad-just he steering wheel while driving.
The lever on the left. side of the steering columnincludes your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Headlamp HighLow Beam Changer
0 Windshield Wipers
0 Windshield Washer
2-38 -
Turn and Lane Change SignalsThe turn signal has twio upward (for right) and twodownward (for left)positions. These positions allowyou
to signal a turn or LI lane change.
To signal a tum, move the lever a l l the way up or down.When the turn is finished. the lever will return automatically.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help ac.oid anaccident. I f the arrows don't go on at all when yousignal a turn, check the fuse (see "Fuses and CircuitBreakers" in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.
I f you have a trailer towing optionwith added wiring forthe trailer lamps. a different turn signal flasher is used.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 100/409
An arrow on the instrumentpanel will flash i n thedirection of the turnor lane change.
To signal a lane change, ust raise or lower the leverunt.il the arrow starts to flash. Hold i t there un t i l youcomplete your lane change. The lever will return byitself when you release it.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrows don'tflash but just stay on, a signal bulb may be burned outand other driverswon't see your turn signal.
With this flasher installed, the signal indicator will flasheven if ;Iturn signal bulb is burned out. Check the front
and rear turn signal lamps regularly to make sure theyare working.
Headlamp HighLow Beam Changer
To change the headlamps from low-beam to high orhigh to low. pull the multifunction lever all the waytoward you. Then release i t .
2-39
Windshield WipersYou control the windshieldwipers by turning the bandwith the wiper symbol on it .
Be sure to ciear ice and snow from the wiper bladesbefore using them. I f they’re frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them. I f your blades do becomeworn or datnaged. set new blades or blade inserts.
Windshield Washer
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 101/409
For a single wiping cycle. turn the band to MIST. Holdi t there unt i l the wipers start. then let go. The wipers will
stop after one wipe. f you want Inore wipes, hold the
band on MIST longer.You can set the wiper speed I‘or a long or short delaybetween wipes. This can be very L I S ~ ~ L I In light rain orsnow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. Thecloser to LOW, the shorter the delay.
At the top of the multifunction lever there’s a paddlemarked with the windshield washer symbol and PUSH.
To spray washer fluid on the windshield, press thepaddle. The wipers w i l l clear the window and then
either stop or return to your preset speed.
I
I
A C iTJTION:
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warm ed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice an the windshield, blocking
your vision.
2-40
Rear Window W asherm iper
WASH\
I I
The rear window wiper operates with a constant fivesecond delay when the rear wiper switch is in the ONposition. If the rear glass is opened, the wiper armwill automatically park on the endgate. When theglass is completely closed, the wiper will resume thedelay mode.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 102/409
OFF
REAR WIPER
This switch is located 011 he instrument panel.
To wash the window, press and hold ON. The wiperswill continue to work after you release the switch.
Press OFF to turn the wiper off.
The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle a s
the windshield washer. However, the rear windowwasher will ru n out of fluid before the windshieldwasher. I f you can wash your windshield bu t not yourrear window, check your fluid level.
2-41
Cruise Control (If Equipped)With cruise control, you canmaintain a speed of about25 mph (40 krn/h) or morewithout keeping your footon the accelerator. This can
A C A U i ION:Iruise control can be dangerous where you
can’t drive safely at a steady speed. So,
don‘t use your cruisecontrol on winding
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 103/409
really help on long trips.
Cruise control does notwork at speeds below about25 rnph (40 km/h).
If you have an automatic transmission and you applyyour brakes, the cruise control will shut off.
If you have a manual transmission and you apply your
brakes or push the clutch pedal, the cruise control willshut off.
roads or in heavy traffic.
slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes
in tire tractioncan cause needless wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don’t
use cruise control on slippery roads.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
Setting Cruise Control
I
If you leave your cruise control switch on when
Resuming a Set SpeedSuppose you set your cruise control at a desired speedand then y o u apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off
the cruise control. But you don’t ne.ed to reset it.
Once. you’re going about
25 mph (40 k m h ) or nnore,
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 104/409
you’re not using cruise, you m ight hit a button
an d go into cruise when you don’t want to. You
could be startled and even lose control. Keep
the cruise control switch OFF until you want to
use it.
1 - Move the cruise control switch to ON.
2 . Get up to the speed you want.
3. Press in the SET buttonat the end of the leverand release i t .
4. TLlkeyour foot oft’theaccelerator pedal.
yo u can move the cruise
control switch from ONto R/A for about a halfa second.
You’ll go right back LI P o your chosen speed andstay there.
R e n ~ e m b e r . f you hold t h e swi tch a t R/A longer t han ahalf a second, the vehicle will keep going faster until
you release the switch o r apply th e brake. You could bestartled and even lose control. So unless you want to go
faster. don‘t h o l d the switch a t R/A.
2-43
Increasing Speed Wh ile Using Cruise ControlThe.re are two ways to go to a higher speed:
Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.Press the button at the end of the lever, then releasethe button and the accelerator pedal. You'll nowcruise at the higher speed.
Using C ruise Control on Hills
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 105/409
Move the cruise switch from ON to R/A. Hold i t
there until you get up to the speed you want, andthen release the switch. (To increase yo~t r peed i n
very snlall amounts, move the switch t o R/A. Eachtime you do this, y o u r vehicle will go about I mph
( 1 -6k d h ) faster.)
Reducing Speed W hile Using Cruise Control
Press in the button at the end of the lever un t i l you reach
the lower speed you want, then release i t.
To slow down i n very small amounts. press the buttonfor less than a half a second. Each time you do this.
you' l l go 1 mph (1.6 k d h j slower.
Passing A nother Vehicle While Using C ruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal,Y O L I I -
vehicle will slowdown to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
Ending C ruise Control
Erasing Speed Memory
2-44
Exterior Lamps Press the top switch with the parking lamps symbol on i tt o turn on:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 106/409
2-45
Lamps On ReminderA reminder tone will sound when your headlamps orparking lamps are turned on and your ignition is in OFF,LOCK or ACCESSORY. To turn the tone off, press theOFF switch.
Daytime Running Lamps
When the DRL are on. only your headlamps will be on.The taillamps, sidemarker and other lamps won't be on.The instrument panel won't be li t up either.
When it begins to get dark, your DRL indicator light is a
reminder to turn your headlamp switch on. The otherlamps that come on with your headlamps will alsocome on.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 107/409
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make i t easier for
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many different drivingconditions, but they can be especially helpful in theshort periods after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make your headlamps come on atreduced brightness when:
the ignition is on,
the headlamp switch is off and
the parking brake is released.
When you turn the headlamp switch off, the regularlamps will go off, and your headlamps will change tothe reduced brightness of DRL.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parkingbrake. The DRL will stay off until you release th e
parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regularheadlamp system when you need it.
2-46
Fog Lamps (If Equipped)Remember, fo g lamps alone will not give off as muchlight as your headlamps. Never use your fog lamps i n
the dark without turning on your headlamps.
Fog lamps will go off whenever your high-beamheadlamps come on. When the high beams go off,
the fog lamps will come on again.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 108/409
Use your fog lamps for better vision in foggy or mistyconditions. Your parking lamps or low-beam headlampsmust be on for your fo g lamps to work.
The fog lamp switch is on the instrument panel underthe lamps switches. Press the side of the switch with thefog lamp symbol to turn the fog lamps on . Press OFF toturn them off. A light will glow in the switch when thefog lamps are on.
Interior Lamps
Brightness Control
Turn the switch next to the headlamp switch u p to
make your instrument panel and transfer case lightsbrighter. Turn the switch a l l the way up to turn on theinterior lamps.
Front Reading Lamps(If Equipped)
Press the button near each lamp on the overhead consoleto turn the reading lamps on and off. The lamps can beswiveled t o point i n the desired direction.
If y o u have the rniniconsole, press the lens on eachreading lamp to turn i t on or off.
2-47
Front Map Lamps (I f Equipped)I f your vehicle has optional front rm p lamps, theyare located on the inside rearview mirror. They will
automatically come on fo r approximately 20 secondswhen either front door is opened or unlocked with the
Keyless Entry System, if so equipped, or u n t i l the
ignition key is turned to R U N or ACCESSORY. The
Dome LampsThe rear dome lamp has a switch that lets you turn i t on
from the rear of the vehicle.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 109/409
lamps will also stay on for approxinlately 15 seconds
after you exit the vehicle.
They will also stay on for I5 seconds when the IN T
LIGHTS switch on the instrument panel is turned onthen off, while the ignition is off.
You can also turn the lamps on an d off by pressing theswitch near each lamp.
Press the side o f the switch with the lamp symbol to turn
on the front a n d rear dome lamps. Pressing the other sideof the swirch will turn the cargo area dome lamp off,
even when the endgate or liftgate an d doors are open.
2-48
Outside Manual Adjust MirrorAdjust your outside mirrorsso you can just see the sideof your vehicle.
You can fold them before entering a car wash. Pull themirrors in toward the vehicle. Push the mirrors back outwhen finished.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 110/409
Press the tab under the mirror to reduce glare fromheadlamps behindyou.
Power Remote Control Mirror
The control is located on thedriver’s door armrest.Turnthe control toL or R tochoose the mirror, thenpress the arrowson theoutside switch ring to adjustthe mirror.
2-49
Convex Outside MirrorYour passenger's side mirror s convex. A convexmirror's surface is curved so you can see more frorn thedriver's seat.
A CAUTION:
Overhead Console(If Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 111/409
A convex mirror can mak e things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the righ t lane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Storage Compartments
Glove Box
To open your glovebox: squeeze the lever at the top of
the glove box and lower the door. Two cup depressionsare provided for your convenience, but the glove box
should not be open while driving.
The overhead console includesreading lamps, acompartment for a garage door opener. a temperatureand compass display and a storage compartmentfor sunglasses.
2-50
Reading Lamps
Press the button near eachlamp to turn th e readinglamps on and off.
Installing a GarageDoor Opener
If you have a garage door opener, the front overheadcompartment can be used to conveniently storethe opener.
To install the garage door opener, first open thecompartment door by pressing the latch forward.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 112/409
The lamps can also be swiveled to point in thedesired direction.
F
Peel the protective
backing from the hookand loop patch.
Press i t firmly to the back of your garage door opener,a s close to the center of the opener as possible.
Center the garage door opener activation button overthe console door button and press the opener firmly
into place.
2-51
The pegs inside thecompartment door are usedto make sure the button on
the compartment door willcontact the control buttonon the garage door opener.
Now, with the compartmentdoor closed, press thebutton again to make surethe garage door openeroperates properly.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 113/409
Add one peg at a time unti l the garage door openeroperates with the compartment door closed when youpress the button.
With the garage door opener pos' lonedroperlyndheright number of pegs in place, you should only have to
press the button slightly to operate the opener. Adjust theposition of the garage door opener and add or removepegs, as needed, unti l the opener operates properly.
-
2-52
Temperature and Compass Display Turn the display on or off by pressing the ON/OFFswitch. Display the temperature in either de,oreesFahrenheit (English)or Celsius (metric) by pressing theUS/MET switch.
Before you turn on the ignition and move the vehicle,the temperature indicated will be the last outsidetemperature recorded with the ignition on.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 114/409
The outside air temperature and the compass aredisplayed at the front of the overhead console. Thecontrol switches are located to the left of the display.
I f the outside temperature is 37°F ( 3 ° C )or lower when
you turn o n the ignition, ICE will appear on the display.This is a warning to the driver that road conditions maybe icy, and that appropriate precautions should be taken.
The compass is self-calibrating. so i t does not need tobe nlanually set. However, when your vehicle is new.the compass may function erratically. I f it does, C A L(Calibration) will appear on the display. To correct theproblem, drive in a complete 360" circle three times,and the compass will function normally.
2-53
R2.
3.
4.
Press and hold both the ON/OFF and the US/METswitches. The display will go off.
After five seconds, VAR CA L will appear on thedisplay. When it does, release both buttons.
Press US/MET until your zone number appears onthe display.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 115/409
Variance is the difference between magnetic north andgeographic north. In some areas, the difference betweenthe two can be great enough to cause false compassreadings. If this happens, follow these instructions to setthe variance for your particular location:
I . Find your location on the zone map. Note yourzone number.
5 . Press ON/OFF to enter your zone number. Your
variance is now set.
Driver Information System(If Equipped)
This system displays the outside air temperature,compass direction and trip information in theoverhead console.
The USMET (United Statedmetric) button allows you toswitch the display between the English and metric system.
The M ODE button can be used to toggle between threemodes o f operation: OFF, COMP/TEMP and TRIP.
OFF: This turns the system off.
COMP/TEMP: The display provides the outsidetemperature and one of eight compass readings to
indicate the direction the vehicle is facing.
2-54
The compass is self-calibrating, so i t does not needt o be manually set. However. if C (Calibration) isdisplayed, the compass will need to be calibrated.You may also place the compass in a noncalibratedInode by pressing and holding the MODE and US/METbuttons simultaneously while in the COMP/TEMPmode. After about 10 seconds, the compass will displayC and you can release the buttons. Drive the vehicle in
5 . Press MODE t o enter your zone number. Yourvariance is now set and the display will return tothe COMP/TEMP mode.
TRIP: Once in the TRIP mode. pressing theMODE button will step you through the followingTRIP functions:
0 AVG ECON: The average fuel economy since the
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 116/409
a complete 360" circle three times at a speed of less
than 5 mph (8 km/h), and the compass will functionnor~nally. Oncehe calibration is complete, the displaywill return to a compass reading.
Variance is the difference between magnetic north and
the two can be great enough to cause false compassreadings. I f this happens. follow these instructions toset the variance for your particular location:
I . Find your location on the zone map earlier i n this
2. Press and hold both the MODE and the USNET
z eographic north. In some areas, he difference between
section. Note your zone number.
buttons i n the COMP/TEMP mode.
3 . After five seconds, the compass will acknowledgethe variation mode by displaying the cuwent zonenumber. When i t does, release both buttons.
4. Press US/MET un t i l your zone number appearson the display.
0
0
0
0
To
last reset is displayed.
INST ECON: Instantaneous fuel economy for thelast second o f driving is displayed.
RANGE: The display indicates the estimateddistance that can be travelled with the remainingfuel i n the tank, based on the fuel economy for thelast few hours of driving.
FUEL USED: The fuel used since the last reset
is displayed.AVCJ SPEED: The average speed since the lastreset is displayed.
reset the trip computer. press the M O D E andUS/MET butt& silnultaneously for a t least twoseconds. All functions w i l l be displayed for half asecond once the system is reset.. Reset can only beperformed i n the AVG ECON. FUEL USED andAVG SPEED modes. All three modes are resetsilnultaneously.
2-55
Sunglasses StorageCompartment
Front Storage Area
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 117/409
I
Door Storage
2-56
Convenience Net (If Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 118/409
If your vehicle has the center armrest compartment, lift
the cover to expose the storage area which includes slots
for cassettes and a coinholder.
A storage compartment under your radio may be used tohold small items.
You may have a convenience net in the rear of your vehicle to
help keepsmall items, like gloves and light clothingn placeduring sharp turns or quick stops and starts.
The net is not designed to retain these items duringoff-road use. The net is not for larger. heavier items.
The convenience net is anchored to the end,rate door.Attach the upper loops t o the retainers o n either side of
the endgate opening (the label should be i n the upperpassenger side corner, visible from the rear o f ’ vehicle).Attach the lower h o o k s to the rear cargo tie downs o n
the floor.
2-57
Roll-Up Cargo Cover (If Equipped)Ifyou have the optional cargo cover,you can use it tocover items in the cargo area of your vehicle.
Grasp the handle and unroll the cover. Latchhe posts
into the sockets on the inside trim panel on th e
passenger's side of the vehicle to secure it.
Cargo Tie Downs
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 119/409
A CAUTION:
An improperly stored cargo cover could e
thrown abo ut the vehicle during a collision
or sudden maneuver. You or others could be
injured. If you remove the cover, always store it
outside of the vehicle. When you put it back,
alway s be sure that it is securely reattached. There are four cargo tie downs in the rear that allowyou to strap cargo in and keep it frommoving insidethe vehicle.
2-58
Lugg-xe Car-% (If 'D,qr%ped)
IN:
If you try to carryomething on top of your
vehicle that is longer or wider than the uggage
The luggage carrier has slats, side rails and crossrailsattached t o the roof t o secure cargo. The moveable tiedowns: attached to the side rails, should be used tosecure loads to the luggage carrier.
Use G M accessory racks that are compatible with yourluggage carrier for transporting sports equipment.These are available through your G M dealer.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 120/409
carrier -- like paneling, plywood, a mattress, and
so forth -- the wind can catch it as you drive
along. This cancause you to lose control. What
you are carrying ould be violently torn off, and
this could cause you or other drivers toave a
collision, and of course damage yourvehicle. You
may be able to carry something like this inside.
But, never carry something longer or wider than
the luggage carrier on top of your vehicle.
2-59
You can adjust thecrossrails to handle different sized
laads. Just loosen the slider knobs at tach end af thecrossrail and move them to where you want them Makesure both sidesof the crossrail are even, thentightenthe slider knobs.
Be m e he cargoisproperly loaded. Followhese guidelines:
Carrying small,heavy loads on the roof is not
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 121/409
Remove the center rubber stripsn the crossrails and
attach theGM accessory rack to the nut plates provided
through the center slots (four per crossrail).
The tap plates can be moved to accommodateariouspositions by sliding them inside the crossrail to the
desired locations before mounting the accessory rack.
recommended.
Tie the load to the moveabletie down (two per eachside of the side rails). Use the crossrails only to keepthe load from sliding.
as far apart as possible. Tie the loado the moveablet ie downs providedn the side rails. Also ie the load
to the bumpers. Do not tie the load so tightly that the
crossrailsor side rails are damaged.
0 If you need to carry long items, move the crossrails
2-60
NOTICE:
Loading cargo thatweighs more than200 lbs.
(91 kg) on the luggage carrier may damage your
vehicle. When you carry large things, neveret
them hang over the rearr the sidesof your
vehicle. Load your cargo o that it rests on the
Ashtrays and Cigarette LighterTo use the lighter, press i t i n al l the way, and let go.When it's ready, it will pop back by itself.
NOTICE:
Don't hold a cigarette lighter n with your hand
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 122/409
slats and does not scratch or damage theehicle.Put the cargo against the side rails and fasten it
securely to the luggage carrier.Put the main
weight as far forwards you can.
Don't exceed the maximum vehicle capacity whenloading your vehicle. For more information on vehicle
capacity and loading. see "Loading Your Vehicle" i nthe Index.
To prevent damage o r loss of cargo as you're driving.check now and then to make sure the luggage carrier andcargo are still securely fastened.
while it is heating. If you do, it won't be able toback away from the heating element whent's
ready. That can make it overload, damaging the
lighter and the heating element.
The front ashtray must be completely pulled o u t to theopen position before the ashtray cover opens and
smoking material can be deposited.
2-61
I NOTICE:
Don’t put papers and other things that burn into
your ashtray. If you do, cigarettes or other
smoking m aterials could set them on fire
causing damage.
Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror(If Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 123/409
To remove the front ashtray, lift the release tab as highas possible, then remove the tray.
Four-door vehicles have smaller ashtrays inside the reardoors. Press PUSH to turn the ashtray around for use.
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down the top and
bottom visors. You can also swing the bottom visor fromside to side. Your visors may have an extension that canbe pulled out for additional glare protection an d a strapfor holding small items, such as maps.
Visor Vanity Mirror
Pull the sun visor down and lift the cover t o expose thevanity mirror.
Pull the sun visor down and lift the mirror cover to turnon the lamps.
2-62
Accessory Power Outlets (If Equipped)If you have accessory power outlets, you can plug in
auxiliary electrical equipment. The accessory poweroutlets are located below the cigarette lighter. Just pull
down from the top of the door and follow the properinstallation instructions that are included with anyelectrical equipment you install.
Sunroof (If Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 124/409
These circuits are protected by a fuse and have
maximum current levels.
I NOTICE:
When using the accessory power outlets, nlaximum
electrical load must not exceed 25 amps. Always
turn off any electrical equipment when not in use.
Leaving electrical equipment on for extended
periods will drain your battery.
Your vehicle may be equipped with a power slidingsunroof. Press and release the rear side of the button i n
the miniconsole to open th e sun roo f . You can press theforward side o f the button to close the sunroof. Once thesunroof is closed. press the forward side of the button to
open the sunroof to the vent position.
The sunroof is a l so equipped with a sunshade which youcan pull forw;~rd o block sun rays.
2-63
Universal Transmitter(If Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 125/409
Mini Console
Full-Size Console
This transmitter allows you o consolidate the functions
of up to three individual hand-held transmitters. It willoperate garage doorsan d gates. or with the accessorypackage. other devices controlled by I-adio frequency suchas hondoft'ice lighting systems and security systems.
The transmitter w i l l learn and transmit the frequenciesof most current transmitters an d is powered by yourvehicle's battery and charging system.
2-64
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:( ) This device may not cause harmful interference, and( 2 ) This device must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Programming the Transmitter
Do not L I S ~he transmitter with any garage door openerthat does not have the ”stop and reverse’‘ feature. This
2 . Hold th e end of the hand-held transmitter against the
bottom surface of the ~~niversalransmitter so thatyou can still see the red light.
3. Decide which one of the three channels you want toprogram. Using both hands, press the hand-heldtransmitter button and the desired button on theuniversal transmitter. Continue t o hold both buttonsthrough Step 4.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 126/409
includes any garage door opener model manufacturedbefore April 1, 1982.
Re .WI-P tllcrt p w p l t ~ m l ohjucts c11-0 c l m r of‘the g( i t -cqe
c l o o ~ .o l r citxl I?t-~.’s”L“ll}”ill,s!
Your vehicle’s engine should be turned off whileprogramming the transmitter. Follow these steps toprogram u p to three channels:
I , I f you have not previously programmed a universalchannel, proceed to Step 2. Otherwise, hold down thetwo outside buttons on the universal transmitter until
the red light begins to flash rapidly (approximately20 seconds). Then rekase the buttons. This procedureinitializes the memory and erases any previoussettings for all three channels.
4. Hold down both buttons unti l yo~r ee the red lighton the Llniversal transmitter flash rapidly. The rapidflashing, which could take up t o 90 seconds,indicates that the universal transmitter has beenprogrammed. Release both buttons once the lightstarts t o flash rapidly.
If you have trouble programming the universaltransmitter, make s~rrehat you have followed the
directions exactly as described and that the battery in thehand-held transmitter is not dead. If yo~t till cannotprogram i t , rotate the hand-held transmitter end over endand try again. The universal transmitter may not workwith older garage door openers that do n o t meet currentFederal Consumer Safety Standards. If you cannotprogram the transmitter after repeated attempts. consultyour G M dealer.
Be sure to keep the original hand-held transmitter in caseyou need t o erase and reprogram the universal transmitter.
2-65
Operating the Transmitter
Press and hold the appropriate button on the universaltransmitter. The red light comes on while the signal isbeing transmitted.
Note that the effective transmission range of theuniversal transmitter may differ from the hand-heldtransmitter and from one channel to another.
Erasing Channels
To program a garage door opener with the rolling code
feature, do the following:1 .
-.
3 .
Program your hand-held transmitter to the universaltransmitter by following the steps provided under"Programming the Transmitter" earlier n this section.
Remove the cover panel from the garage door openerreceiver. It is located near the garage door opener motor.
Locate the training button on the garage door opener
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 127/409
To erase all three programmed channels, hold downthe two outside buttons until the red light begins toflash. Individual channels cannot be erased. but can bereprogrammed using the procedure for programming thetransmitter explained earlier.
Training a Garage Openerwith a "RollingCode" Feature
If you programmed the universal transmitter. bu t thegarage door will not open. and f your garage door openerwas manufactured after 1995,your garage door may havea security feature that changes the "code" of your garagedoor opener every time it is opened or closed.
To determine if your garage door opener has this
"rolling code" feature. press the appropriate button on
the universal transmitter that was programmed. I f the
red light tlashes rapidly for one to two seconds, thenturns solid, your garage door opener has this feature.
4.
5 .
6.
receiver. The exact location and color will varyamong brands.
Press the training button on the garage door openerreceiver for one to two seconds.
Return to your vehicle and press the programmedbutton on the universal transmitter until the red lightflashes rapidly (about two seconds).
Release the button. then repress i t to confirm i t wasprogrammed to the garage door opener receiver.
You may now use either the universal transmitter orthe hand-held transmitter to open your garage door.I f you still have difficulty in programming and I
assistance. please call 1-800-355-35 15.
AccessoriesAccessories for the universal transmitter are av a I
:quire
lable
from the manufitcturer of the unit . If y o u would likeadditional information. please call 1-800-355-3515.
2-66
Instrument Panel
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 128/409
2-67
A . Air Vents
B. Instrument Cluster
C. Electronic Transfer Case (If Equipped)
D. Comfort Controls
E. Clove Box
F. Ashtray
H. Storage Compartment
I . Audio System
J. Fog Lamps ( I f Equipped)
K. Lamp Controls
L. Rear Endgate Release
M. Brake Release
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 129/409
C. Cigarette Lighter/Power Auxiliary Outlets( I f Equipped)
N. Rear W indow WasherNiper0. Rear Window Defogger ( I f Equipped)
2-68
Instrument Panel ClusterYour instrument cluster is designed t o let you know at a glance ho w your vehicle is running. You'll know how fast you'regoing. about how much fuel you've used. and many other things you'll need t o know to drive safely at?d economically.
ANTI- OCK SERVlCEGATEENGINEpJARSOON Q
HIFT
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 130/409
OIL (J y 3
MPH
0AIR CHECK
BA G GAGES
UNLEADED FUELONLY
!3 i) OLTS
Standard Cluster
2-69
BAGAIR P I
GATEAJAR
ANTI -LOCK
SERVICEENGINESOON
CHECKGAGES
.e0.oo.J3 0
SHIFT
UNLEADEDFUELONLY
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 131/409
n
MPH
P R N D D 2 1
1 1 1 [ 1 0 1 1 0 0
Optional Cluster
nRP M
W
2-70
Speedometer and Odometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both milesper hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (kndh).
Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has beendriven, in either miles (used i n the United States) orkilometers (used in Canada).
Your odometer is tamper resistant. It will show silver linesbetween the numbers if someone tries t o turn it back.
Each tachometer has a different l i m i t depending on the
powertrain in your vehicle. The tachometer has threeareas: normal operating range, red warning range andred danger range.
The normal operating range shows your engine speedduring normal driving conditions. For example, whenthe needle points t o 2, i t means the engine is running at2.000 revolutions per minute (rpm). The achometerneedle will vary all the time that the engine is running.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 132/409
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs anew odometer installed. I f the new one can be set t o themileage total of the old odometer, then it must be. But if
it can't, then it's set at zero, and a label must be put onthe driver's door to show the old mileage reading whenthe new odometer was installed.
Trip Odom et
The trip odometer can tell you how f i r your vehicle hasbeen driwn since you last set the trip odometer to zero.
To set the trip odome.ter t o zero, press the button nearthe readout.
Tachometer (If Equipped)
The tachometer displays he engine speed in revolutions
ner minute (rprn).
The shaded red warning range tells you that your enginespeed is reaching its upper limits. Don't drive very longwith the tachometer in the red warning range. I f youhave a manua l transmission. shift to a higher gear a s
soon as possible. If you have an automatic transmission,lift your foot off of the accelerator pedal.
The solid red danger range tells you that your engine speed
is at its upper limits. Your should immediately shift to ahigher gear, or lift your foot off of the accelerator pedal.
1 NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
the red range, or engine damage w ill occur.
_. 2-71
WarningLights,
Gages and Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gages thatmay be on your vehicle. The pictures will help youlocate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before i t becomes serious enough to cause anexpensive repair or replacement. Paying attention t o
your warning lights and gages could also save you or
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages showsthere may be a problem, check the section that tells youwhat to do about it . Please follow this manual’s advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- an d evendangerous. So please get to know your warning lightsand gages. They’re a big help.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 133/409
others from injury.
Warning lights come on wl1e.n there may be or is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As youwill see in the details on the next few pages, somewarning lights come on briefly when you start theengine just to let you know they’re working. If you arefamiliar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problemwith one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages andwarning lights work together to let you know whenthere’s a problem with your vehicle.
When the key is turned to R U N or START, a tone will
come on for about eight seconds to remind people tofisten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety belt isalready buckled.
The safety belt light will
also come on and stay onfor about 20 seconds,
then it will flash for about55 seconds. I f the driver’sbelt is already buckled,neither the tone nor thelight will come on.
2-72
Air Bag Readiness Light
There is an air bag readiness light 011 the instrumentpanel, which shows AIR RAG. The system checks theair bag's electrical system fo r ~~~alfunctions.he lighttells you if there is an electrical problem. The syslemcheck includes the air bag sensors. the air bag module,the wiring and the diagnostic module. For n~oreinformation on the air bag system. sec .'Air Rag" in
the Index.
The a ir ba g readiness light should flash for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition key to R U N . If thelight doesn't co111eon then. have i t fixed so it will bere.ady t o warn y o u if there is a problem.
_ .-
lrging System Indicator Light
The charging system lightw i l l come o n brietly whenyou turn on the ignition,
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 134/409
AIRBAG
This light will ~0111e onwhen you start your engine,and it will flash for a fewseconds. Then thc ightshould go out. Thismeansthe system is ready.
I f the air bag readiness light stays 0 1 1 after you start the
engine o r comes on when y o u are driving, yourail- bagsystem m a y not work properly. Have your vehicleserviced right a w a y .
II but the engine is notrunning, as a check t o
show you i t is working.
I t should go out once the engine is running. I f i t stayson. or comes on while you are driving. y o u m ay havea problem with the. charging system. I t could indicatethat you have prob lem with a generator drive belt. oranother electrical problem. Have it checked right away.Driving while this light is o n could drain your battery.
If you must drive a short distance with the light 011,becertain to turn off a l l your accessories. sucha s the radioand air conditioner.
2-73
Voltmeter Gage
When your engine is not
running. but the ignition ison ( i n the R U N position).this gage shows y o u r
battery’s stateof charge i n
DC volts.
VOLTS
Readings i n the low warning mne m a y occur when a
large number of electrical accessories are operating nthe vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for anextended period. This condition is normal since thecharging system is not able to provide full power atengine idle.As engine speeds are increased, hiscondition should correct itself as higher engine speedsal low the charging systemto create maximum power.
You can on ly drive f o r a short time with the reading in
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 135/409
When the engine is running, the gage shows thecondition of the. charging system.Readings between thelo w and high warning zones indicate the normaloperating range.
either warning zone. I f you must drive, turn off a l l
unnecessary accessories.
Readings i n either warning zone indicate a possibleproblem i n the electrical system. Have the vehicleserviced as soon as possible.
2-74
Brake System Warning Light
Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is divided intotwo parts. If one part isn’t working, th e other part canstill work and stop you. For good braking, though, youneed both parts working well.
If the warning light comes on, there could e a brakeproblem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
Your brake systemmay not be working properly
if the brake system warningight is on. Driving
with the brake systemwarning light on can lead
to an accident. If the light is still on after you’ve
pulled off the road and stoppedcarefully, have
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 136/409
Ihis light should come onbriefly when you turn the
ignition key to R U N . If i t
doesn’t come on then,RAKE
(a)@) : if
have it fixed so it will be
If the light comes onwhile you are driving, pull off theroad and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal isharder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to he floor.I t may take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have thevehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle“in the Index.)
the vehicle towed for service.
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning lightwill also come on when you set your parking brake. Thelight will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t releasefully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fullyreleased, it means you have a brake problem.
2-75
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
With the anti-lock brakesystem. this light will CC)IIIC
engine and may stayon fo r several seconds.That's normal.
0 1 1 when you start y0LIr
Engine Coolant TemperatureGage
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 137/409
2-76
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
SERVICEENGINE
NOTICE:
If y o u keep driving yourvehicle with this light
on, aftera while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel econonly may not be as
good and your engine may not runs smoothly.
This could lead to ostly repairs that m ay not be
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 138/409
SOON covered by your warranty.
This light should come o n . a s ;I check t o show you it is
working, tvhen the ignition is on and the engine is n o t
running. I t ' the light doesn't conw o n , have i t repaired.This light will also come on during a malfunction i n one
o f t w o t1;ays:
2-77
If the Light Is Flashing
The following may prevent more serious damage t o
your vehicle:
Reducing vehicle speed.
Avoiding hard accelerations.
Avoiding steep uphill grades.
If you are towing a trailer. reduce the anlount of
cap has been left off or improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap w i l l allow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. A few driving trips with the cap properlyinstalled should turn the light off,
Did you *justdrive through a deep puddle of water’!
If so, your electrical system may be wet. The conditionwill usually be corrected when the electrical systemdries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 139/409
cargo being hauled as soon as i t is possible.If the light stops flashing and remains on steady. see “ I f
the Light Is On Steady” following.
If the light continues t. o flash, when i t is safe to do so .
s t o p the \?el?ic&~.ind a safe place to park your vehiclc.Turn the key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restart theengine. I f the light remains on steady, see “If the LightIs On Steady” following. I f the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps, and drive the vehicle to yourdealer or qualified service center for service.
If the Light Is On Steady
You may be able to correct the emission systemmalfunction by considering the following:
Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle?
If so , reinstall the fuel cap, making s111-eo fully installthe cap. The diagnostic system can cleter~ninef the fuel
Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
I 1 so , be sure to fuel your vehicle with cpality fuel (see“Fuel” i n the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause yourengine not to r11n as e,fficiently as designed. You maynotice this as stalling after start-up, stalling whenyou putthe vehicle i n t o gear, mistlring, hesitation on accelerationor stumbling on acceleration. (These conditions may goaway once the engine is warmed up.) This will be detectedby the system and cause the light to turn on .
If you experience one or more of these conditions,change the fuel brand you use. It will require at least onefu l l tank of the proper fuel t o turn the light off.
I f none of the above steps have made the light. turn off.have your dealer or qualified service center check thevehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix a n y mechanical or electricalproblcnls that may have developed.
Engine Oil Pressure Gage
Don't keep driving f the oil pressure is low. If'
you do, your engine can becomeo hot that it
catches fire.You or otherscould be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 140/409
Canadian vehicles indicate pressure i n kPa (kilopascals).1 NOTICE: I
Damage to your engine from neglectedil
problems can be costly nd is not coveredby
your warranty.
2-79
Shift Light
You have the shift lightif you have a manualtransmission. This lightcomes on very briefly as a
bulb check when y o u startthe engine. Shilting whenthe indicator light is on wi 11
Check Gages Light
1 The CHECK GAGES light1 will come on briefly when
you are starting the enlrine.
CHECKGAGES
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 141/409
SHIFT help you get the best fueleconomy. See "Shift Light"i n the Index.
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light
This light is on theinstrument panel. It goes on
whenever the DRL are o n ,
the ignition is on. theheadlamp switch is off
and the parking brake is:*:(-J- e released.
2-80
Gate Ajar Light
GATEAJAR
This l ight will come onbriefly when you arestarting the engine. I f ' it
stays on, your liftgate isajar. Try closing the liftgateagain. Never drive w i t h theliftgate even partially open.
Fuel Gage
E -
When the ignition is on,the fuel gage tells you
about how much fuel you11ave remaining.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 142/409
0 I t takes a little more or less file1 to fill up than the gageinclicated. For example. the gage m ay have indicatedthe tank was half full, but it actually took a little moreor less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank.
0 The gage moves a little when you turn a corner orspeed up.
f iNOTES
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 143/409
2-82
Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
In this section, you'll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle. Besure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.
3-2
3-2
Comfort Controls
Climate Control System
3-8 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
(I f Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 144/409
3-3
3-33-43 5
3- 5
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-6
Air ConditioningHeatingVentilation SystemDefogging and DefrostingRear Window Defogger (Option)Audio SystemsSetting the Clock
Setting the Clock for AM-FM Stereowith Compact Disc Player and AutomaticTone ControlAM-FM Stereo
3- 10
3-13
3-17
3- 19
3- 19
3-203-2 13-2 1
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Playerand Equalizer ( I f Equipped)AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Playerand Automatic Tone Control ( I f Equipped)Theft-Deterrent FeatureUnderstanding Radio ReceptionTips About Your Audio System
Care of Your Cassette Tape PlayerCare of Your Compact DiscsFixed Mast Antenna
3-1
Comfort Controls
Climate Control System
83
HI
Temperature Knob
Mode Knob
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 145/409
L
0
to
Fan Control
3-2
011 cool but sunny days, use BI-LEVEL A/C to deliver
~varm ir to the floor and cooler air to the instrumentp"nel outlets.
When the air conditioner is on. you may sometimesnotice slight changes in y o u r 1:ehicle's engine speed andpower, This is normal because the system is designedto cycle the compressor on and off t o keep theclesired temperature.
Heating
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 146/409
Air Conditioning The heater works best if yo11 keep p l r windows closedwhile using it . On cold days . use HEATER With theten~perature nob turned clockwise. BLEND is L I S S ~ L I ~n
cool weather when you have fos or ice on thewinclshield o r side windows.
I f ~ O L Iuse the optional engine coolant heater befhrestarting y o ~ ~ rngine. your heatin2 system will producewarmer air faster to heat the passenger compartment i n
cold weather. See "Engine Coolant Heater" i n the Index.
3-3
Ventilation System
For mild outside temperatures when little heating orcooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside airthrough your vehicle. Airflow is through the instrumentpanel outlets.
Your vehicle’s ventilation system supplies outside air tothe inside of your vehicle when it is moving. When thevehicle is not moving, you can get outside air to flow
through by selecting any mode and any fan speed.
You can move th e outlets to direct the flow of air, or
close the outlets altogether. When you close an outlet, i twill increase the tlow of air coming out of any outletsthat are open.
Ventilation Tips
Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow orany other obstruction (such as leaves). The heaterand defroster will work far better, reducing the
chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 147/409
When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, move thefan control to HI for 21 few moments before drivingoff. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow andmoisture, and reduces the chance of fogging theinside of your windows.
0 Keep the air path under the front seats clear of
objects. This helps air to circulate throughoutyour vehicle.
You will find air outlets in the center and on the sides ofyour instrument panel.
Defogging and Defrosting
On cool. humid days. use BLEND to keep thewindshield and side windows clear.
Use DEFROST t o remove fog or ice from thewindshield quickly in extreme humid o r cold conditions.Turn the temperature knob clockwise and move the fhn
control toward HI.
Rear Window Defogger (Option)
window of as much snow or ice as possible before using
the rear window defogger.To turn on the rear window defogger, find the switchmarked REAR DEFOG o n your instrument panelbelowthe headlamp switch. Press ON unt i l the light i n theswitch comes on, then release it. It will only work if theignition switch is turned t o RUN.
The rear window defozger will stay on for five to sevenminutes. then turn off. I f you need additional warmingtime, turn i t on again. You ca n turn the defogger off at
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 148/409
a n y time by pressing OFF.
Do not attach a temporary vehicle license, ape or decalsacross the defogger gridon the rear window.
NOTICE:
Don ’t use a razor blade or something else sharp
on the inside of the rear window. If you do, you
could cut or dam age he warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
3-5
Audio Systems
Your Delco@ audio ystem has been designed to operateeasily and give years of listening pleasure. You will getthe most enjoyment out of it i f you acquaint yourselfw i t h it first. Find out what your Delco system can d o
and how to operate a l l its controls, t o be sure you're
went into i t.cetting the most out of the advanced engineering that
Setting the Clock
AM-FM Stereo
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 149/409
Press SET. Within five seconds, press and hold SEEKuntil the correct minute appears o n the display. Press andhold SCAN until the correct hour appears on the display.
Setting the Clock or AM-FM Stereowith Compact Disc Player and Automatic
Tone ControlPress and hold H R unt i l the correct hour appears on thedisplay. Press and hold M IN lm t i l the correct minuteappears on the display. To display the clock with theignition off, press RECALL and the time will bedisplayed for a few seconds. There is an initialtwo-second delay before the clock goes i n t o thetime-set mode.
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOL: This knob turns the system on and off andcontrols the volume. To increase volume, turn the knob
clockwise. Turn i t counterclockwise to decrease volume.RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off bypressing this knob. When the radio is playing, press thisknob to recall the station frequency.
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch betweenMand FM . The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tunen radio stations.
SEEK: Press this button o go to the next higher stationand stop.
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station forfew seconds. The radio will goo the next station, stopfor a few seconds, theno to the next station.CAN
In addition to the four stations already set,p to three
more stations may be preset on each band by pressingtwo adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:
1. Tune in the desired station.
2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time,within five seconds. Whenever ou press the sametwo buttons, the stationou set will return.
4. Repeat the steps for each pairf pushbuttons.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 150/409
will appear on the display. PressCAN again tostop scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttonsetyou return o your favorite stations. You can set up to14 stations (seven AM and sevenFM. Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
5 . Press one of the four pushbuttons, within fiveseconds. Whenever you press that numbered button,the station you set will return.
6 . Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
Setting the Tone
BASS: Slide this leverup or down to increase ordecrease bass.
TREBLE: Slide this lever p or down to increase ordecrease treble. f a station is weak or oisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Adjusting the Speaker s
BAL: Turn the control behind thepper knob to movethe sound to the left or right speakers. The middleposition balances the sound between the speakers.
FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to movethe sound to the front or rear speakers.he middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
3-7
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player Finding a Station
(If Equipped) Ahl-I~n'I:Press the lower knob t o switch between A Mancl FM . The display showsyour selection.
TUNE: TLII-11he lower knob to tune i n radio stations.
SEEK: Press this button to go to the next higher stationand stay there.
SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station for a
few seconds. The radio will go t o the next station, stopfor a few seconds. then go t o the next station. SCAN
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 151/409
will ~1ppear11 the display. Press SCAN again tostop scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The four nllmbered pushbuttons let
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOL: This knob turns the systemon and off and
controls the volume. To increase volume. turn the knobclockwise. Turn it counterclockwise to decreasec.olulne.
RCL: Display the time with the ignition off by ~ m x i n gthis knob. When the radio is playing, press this knob t o
recall th e station frequency.
2. Press AM- FM t o select the band.
3. Tune in thc desired station.
4. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)
5 . Press one of the four pushbuttons. within five
seconds. Whenevcr you press that numbered button.the station S O L Iet will return.
3-8
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 152/409
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
and Equalizer (If Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 153/409
SEEK: Press [his hutton to QO to the next higher stationand stay therc.
3-10
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 154/409
3-11
Playing a Cassette Tape
Your tape player is built t o work best with tapes t h a t are30 t o 45 minutes long 011 each sicic. Tapes longer thanthat are so thin they may not work well i n this player.
Once the tape is playing. L L S ~he PWR-VOL. B A L andFADE knobs just as y o u do for the radio. A lighteclarrow will he displayed to show tape play direction.
REVERSE: Press the m o w button i n the opposite
direction that the lighted arrow points to reversc cl~~icklyto another part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 155/409
to stop reversing and play the tapc.
FORWARD: Press the ; w o w button i n the direction thatthe lighted arrow points to udvance quickly to anotherpart of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly t o stop
forwarding and play the tape.
SEARCH: Press this button to the recessed position.Press the lighted L I I - ~ O Wo skip to the next selection. Prcss
the opposite direction ILI-I-owhat is not lighted t o replaythe current selection or skip to the previous selection.
3-12
AM-FM Stereo with CompactDisc Player
and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 156/409
3-13
18
1 .
2.
3.
4.
5 .
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up t ostations (six AM. six FM 1 and six FM2). Just:
Turn the radio on.
Press AM-FM t o select the band.
Tune in the desired station.
Press AUTO TONE to select the setting you prefcr.
Press and hold one of the four pushbuttons. Thesound will mute. When i t returns. release the button.
P.SCAN: The preset scan button lets you scan through
your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons. Sele-cteither the A M , FM I o r FM 2 mode and then pressP.SCAN. It will scan through each station stored on yourpushbuttons and stop fo r ;I ew seconds beforecontinuing to scan through a11 of the pushbuttons. PressP.SCAN again or one of the pushbuttons to stop
scanning to listen to a specific stored station. P.SCANwill light up on the display while i n this mode. I f one of
the stations stored on a pushbutton is too weak for thelocation you itre in , the radio will skip the preset station
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 157/409
6.
Whenever you press that numbered button, thestation you set w i l l return and the tone you selectedwill be a~~tomaticallyelected for that button.
Repeat the steps fo r each pushbutton.
and the radio display will show the channel number(PI through P6) for several seconds before advancing tothe next preset station.
Setting th e Tone
BASS: Press lightly on his knob t o release i t from it sstored position. Turn the knob clocklvise t o increasebass and counterclockwise o decrease bass. When theBASS control is rotated, the AUTO TONE setting w i l l
change t o MAN.
TREB: Press lightly on this knob t o release i t f1 -on1 ts
stored position. Turn the knob clockwise t o incrcasetreble an d counterclockwise o decrease treble. When
the TREB control is rotated, the AUTO TONE settingwill change t o MAN. If a station is weak o r noisy. you
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 158/409
nay w a n t t o decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions whenyo11'1.e o t using them.
3-15
If th e disc comes back out and ER R appears on the
display. i t could be that:You are driving on a very rough road. (Thediscshould play when the road gets srnoother.)
The disc is upside down.
I t is dirty. scrutchect or wet.
0 I t is very humid. ( I f so, wait about an hour and tryagain.)
The disc player is very hot.
REV (4): Press and h o l d REV t o return rapidly to a
favorite passage. You will hear- the disc selection play athigh speed while you press the REV button. This allowsyou t o listen and I'ind out when the disc is a t the desiredselection. Release REV to resume playing.
FWD (.6):Press and hold this button to advance rapidlywithin ;I track. You will hear the disc selection play athigh speed while you press the F W D button. This allowsyou t o listen and find out when the disc is at the desired
selection. ReleaseFWD to resume playing.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 159/409
Press RECALL to make ERR go off the display.
PREV (1): Press PREV or the SEEK left arrow t o
search for the previous selection. I f you hold this buttonor press i t more than once, the disc will advunce further.Sound is muted in this mode.
RDM (2):Press this button to play the tracks on the disci n random: rather than sequential, order. While i n theRD M mode, RANDOM appears on the display. PressR D M again to return to normal play.
NEXT (3): Press NEXT or the SEEK right arrow to
search for the next selection. If you hold this button orpress it more than once, the disc will advance further.The next track number will appear on the display. Sound
is muted in Illis mode.
AM-FM: While i n the C D Inode, press this button tostop playing the CD and play the radio. The CD symbolw i l l still display but the word CD will be replaced with
either AM. FM I or FM2. ( I f the radio is turned off, thedisc stays in the player and will resume playing a t the
point where it stopped.)
RECALL: Press this button to see what track is playing.Press i t again within five seconds to see ow long theCD h a s been playing that track. Elapsed time is
displayed i n minutes and tenthsof a second. The tracknumber will also appear when a new track begins toplay. Press RECALL again to return to the time display.
3-16
CD AUX: To switch between the player and the radio
when a disc is playing, press theM-FM button. Toreturn to the player, press D AUX. When a disc isplaying, the letters CD and the D symbol will appearon the display. If the radio is turned off, the disc staysin the player nd will resume playing at the pointhereit stopped.)
EJECT: Press this button to eject the disc from theplayer and play the radio.
When the same or a ew disc is inserted, the disc willstart playing on track one.f a compact disc is left
Theft-Deterrent Feature
THEFTLOCK" is designed to discourage theftf yourradio. It worksby using a secret code o disable all radiofunctions whenever battery power is removed.
The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may besed orignored. If ignored, the system plays normallynd theradio isnot protected by the feature. If THEFTLOCK isactivated, your radio will ot operate if stolen.
When THEFTLOCK is activated, the radiowill displayLOC to indicate a locked condition anytime battery
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 160/409
sitting in the opening for more than a few seconds,heplayer will pull he CDback in. The radio will continueplaying. When the ignition isff, press this button oload aCD. If you leave a compact disc in the playerwhile listening to the radio, itay become warm.
power is removed. f your battery loses ower for anyreason, you must unlock the radiowith the secret codebefore it will operate.
Activating the T heft-Deterrent Feature
The instructions which follow explain ow to enteryour
secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system. It isrecommended thatyou read through all nine stepsbefore starting the procedure.
NOTE: If you allow more than 15seconds to elapsebetween any steps, the radio automatically reverts totime and you must start the procedure over at Step.
3-17
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 161/409
Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature
Enter your secret code a s follows; pause no more than
I5 seconds between steps:
1 . Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY o r R U N .
2 . Turn the radio off.
5 . Press M N again to nlake the last two digits agree
Understanding Radio Reception
FWl Stereo
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 162/409
with y o u r cock.
6. Press H R to make the first one or two digits agreewith your code.
7 . Press AM-FM after you have confiI-med that thecode matches the secret code you have written do~+m.
The display will s h o w ---, ndicating that the radio isno longer secured.
If the code entered is incorrect, SEC will appear OII thedisplay. The radio will remain sec ~~ re dn t i l the correctcode is entered.
3-19
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
Ad-just the volume control to the lowest setting.
I NOTICE:~
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle -- like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 163/409
telephone or two-way radio -- be sure you can add
what you want. If’you can, it’s very important to do
1 it properly. Added sound equipment may interfere
’ with the operationof your vehicle’s engine, Delco
radio or other systems, and even damage them.
Your vehicle’s systems may interfere with the
operation of sound equipment that has eenadded improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer andbe sure to check Federal rules
covering mobile radio and telephone units.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Fixed Mast Antenna
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 164/409
3-21
.b OTES
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 165/409
3-22
Section 4 Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find information about driving on different kindsf roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve alsoincluded many other useful tipsn driving.
4-2
4-3
4-6
4-6
Defensive DrivingDrunken DrivingControl of a VehicleBraking
Before Leaving on a Long TripHighway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain RoadsWinter Driving
4-34
4-35
4-354-37
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 166/409
4-9
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-28
4-294-32
4-3 3
SteeringOff-Road RecoveryPassingLoss of ControlDriving GuidelinesDriving at Night
Driving in Rain and on Wet RoadsCity DrivingFreeway Driving
Recreational Vehicle Towing(Four-wheel Drive with theManual Shift Transfer Case Only)Recreational Vehicle Towing (ExceptFour-wheel Drive with the Manual ShiftTransfer Case)
Loading Your VehicleTowing a Trailer
4-41
4-42
4-424-45
4-1
Defensive Driving
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 167/409
4-2
Drunken Driving
0 Vision
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC)o f someonewho is drinking depends upon fcwr t h i n p :
0 The drinker's body weight
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 168/409
Many adults -- by some estimates. nearly half the adultpopulation -- cl~oose ever t o drink alcohol. so theynever dri\:e after drinking.For persons under 2 1 . it's
against the law i n every U.S. state to drink alcohol.There are good medical, psychological anddevelopmental I - ~ ~ S O I I So r these laws.
has taken th e drinker to
4-3
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 169/409
4-4
Drinking and then drivings very dangerous.
Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and
judgment c a n be affectedevena small amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious - - or even
fatal -- collision if you drive after drinking.
Please don't drink and drive or ride with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if
you're with a group, designatea drive r who will
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 170/409
not drink.
4-5
Control of a Vehicle
You have three systems that make your vehiclego whereyou want it to go. Theyare the brakes, the steering andthe accelerator. All three systems have to o their workat the places where the tires meet the road.
Braking
Braking action involvesperception timeandreaction time.
First, you have to decide to push onhe brake pedal.That’s perception time. Then you have to bring upyourfoot and do it. hat’s reaction time.
Average reaction timeis about 314 of a second. Butthat’s only an average. It might e less with one driver
and as long as twoor three seconds or more withanother. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordinationand eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 171/409
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice,t’seasy to ask more f those control systems han the tiresand road can provide. That meansou can lose controlof your vehicle.
frustration. But even in 314 of a second, a vehiclemoving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough space between our vehicle and othersis important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances ary greatlywith the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement orgravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tiretread; the condition of your brakes; he weight of thevehicle and the amount of brake force applied.
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
If there’s ;1 problem with theanti-lock brake system. thiswarning light w i l l stay on .
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 172/409
See “Anti-Lock BrakeSystem Warning Light” i n
the Index.
4-7
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure
fastert h a n
any driver could. The computeris
programmed to make the most o f available tire androad conditions.I
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 173/409
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.You‘re driving safely. Suddenly a n animal jumps out i n
front of you.
You slam o n the brakes. Here’s what happens with A B S .
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. I f oneof the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer willseparately work the brakes at each front wheel and at therear wheels.
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
A s you brake. your colnputer keeps receiving updates onwheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
4-8
Steering
Power SteeringIf you lose power steering assist because the enginestops o r the system is not functioning. y o u can steer butit will take much more effort.
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 174/409
Braking in Emergencies
4-9
Suppose you're steering througl1 a shxp C L I I - V ~ .Tllen yousuddenly accelemtc. Both control systems -- steering and
acceleration -- have to d o their work where the tires meetthe road. Adding the sudden acceleration cim ciemand t o o
much of those places. You can lose control.
What sh o~ ~l dou do if this ever happens'! Ease LIPon the
accelerator pedal. steer the vehicle th e w ay you want it
to go, and slow down.
Speed l i m i t signs near C L I ~ V ~ Sar n that ~ O L I houlcl
adjust your speed. Of co~~rse.he posted speeds arebased on good weather and road conditions. Under lessfavorable conditions you'll want to go slower.
Steering in Emergencies
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 175/409
If you need to reduce yo111- peed as you approach a
curve, do i t before ~ O L Inter the curve7while your frontwheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed s o you can "drive" through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait toaccelerate unt i l you are out o f the curve. and thenaccelerate gently into the straightaway.
4-10
Off-Road Recovery
IOFF- R O A D R E C O V E R Y / ,+
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 176/409
An emergency like this requires close attention andaquick decision. I f yo^^ are holding the steering wheel atthe recommended 9 and 3 o'clock positions. you can
turni t a
full180
degrees very quickly without removingeither hand. B u t you have to act fast, steer quickly, andjust as quickly straighten the wheel once you haveavoided the object.
The fact that SL IC I I emergency situations are alwayspossible is a good rwson t o practice defensive driving ata l l times and wear safety belts properly.
-/// edgeof paved surface
If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below thepwement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off theaccelerator and then, i f there is nothing i n the way, steer so
that your vehicle straddles the edge o f the pavement. YOLI
can turn the steering wheel up t o one-quarter turn until theright front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then turn your
steering wheel t o go straight down the roadway.
4-11
Passing
The driver o f a vehicle aboutto pass another on atwo-lane I~igllwaywaits for just he right rnolnent.
accelerates, n1cn~es round the vehicle ahead. then goesback into the right lane again. A simple nl~~neuver' !
Not necessarily! Passing anothervehicle on a two-lanehighway is a potentially dangerous move. since thepassing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncomingtraffic for several seconds. A miscalculation. an error i n
judgmen~, or brief surrender to frustration or anger ansuddenly put the passing driver face o face with theworst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision.
0
0
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 177/409
0
4-12
0 Check your mirrors. g lat~ce ver your shoulder andstart your left lane change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are fa r enoughahead o f the passed vehicle to see its front i n y o ~ ~ rinside mirror. acti\;ate your right lane change signaland move back into the right lane. (Remember thatyour right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle youjust passed m ay seem to be farther a w a y f'rom you
than it really is.)
a Try n o t to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing thenext vehicle.
Loss of Control
Let's re\:iew what driving experts say about whathappens when the three control systems (brakes. steering;MIaccelerution) don't ha\^ enough friction where thetires meet the road t o do what the driver has asked.
I n any emergency. don't give up. Keep trying t o steer a.ndconstantly seek an escape route or area o f less danger.
Skidding
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 178/409
4-13
If your vehicle starts o slide, ease your foot ff theaccelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, yourvehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
second skid if il occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water. snow, ice,gravel or other material is on the road. For safety. you'llwant to slow down and adjust your driving to theseconditions. I t is important t o slow down on slipperysurfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
vehicle control more lilnited.
While driving on a surface w i t h reduced traction. try
Driving Guidelines
This multipurpose passenger vehicle is defined s a utilityvehicle i n Consumer Information Regulations issued bythe National Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) o f the United States Department ofTransportation. Utility vehicles have higher groundclearance an d a narrower track to make them capable ofperforming i n a wide variety o f off-road applications.Specific design characteristics give them higher center of
gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of the higherground clearance is a better view of the road allowing yo11
t o anticipate problems. They are not designed for
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 179/409
your best to avoid sudden steering, accelerationorbraking (inclucling engine braking by shifting t o a lowergear). A n y sudden changes could cause he tircs lo slide.You may not realize the surface is slippery unt i l yo11r
vehicle is skidding. Learn o recognize warning
clues -- such as enough water. ice or packed snow o nth e road to make a "mirrored surface" -- and slow downwhen you have any doubt.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS)helps
avoid only the braking skid.
cornering at the same speeds as conventionaltwo-wheel-drive vehicles any more than low-slung sportscars are dcsigned to perform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. If a t a l l possible. avoid shalp turns or abruptmanewers. As with other vehicles of this type. failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result n loss of controlor vehicle rollover.
4-14
Off-Road Driving with Your
Four-Wheel-Drive VehicleBefore You Go Off-Roading
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 180/409
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
4-15
A CAUTION:Cargo on the load floor iled higher than
the seatbacks can e thrown forward
dur ing a sudden stop.You or your
passengers could be injured. Keep cargo
be
below the topof the seatbacks.
Unsecured cargo on the load floor can
tossed about whell driving over roughterrain. You or your passengers cane
st ruck by flying ot>,jects.Secure the
Environmental Concerns
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 181/409
cargo properly.
0 Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle's
center of gravity, making it moreikely to
roll over. You can be seriously or fatally
injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavyloads inside the cargo area, not on theoof.
Keep cargo n the cargo areas far forward
and low as possible.
4-16
Traveling to Remote Areas
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 182/409
Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving
It's a good idea to practice i n an area that's safe and
close to homebefore you go into the wilclerness.Off-road dr iv ing does rec1tIir-e some new m d cliffrent
driving skills. Here's what we mean.
Tune y o u r senses to different kinds f signals. Youreyes, for example, need t o constantly sweep the terraint o r unexpected ohstacles. Your ears need to listen fo r
unusual tire or engine sounds.With your arms, hands,feet and body, you'll need to respond t o vibrations andvehicle bounce.
W h e n g u 'r e driving off-road, bouncing and
quick chan ges in direction can easi ly throw youout of position. Th is could cause you to lose
control and crash. So, whether you're driving on
or off the road, you an d your passengers should
wear safety belts.
4-17
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take you over many different kindsof terrain. You need to be f i m i l i x with the terrain and itsmany different features. Here are some things o consider.
S u r f c m Corzc1i~io11.s.ff-roading can take you overhard-packed dirt, gravel, rocks, grass, sand, rrud. snowor ice. Each of these surfaces affects he steering.acceleration and braking of your vehicle in differentways. Depending upon the kind of surface you are on.
you may experience slipping. sliding, wheel spinning,delayed acceleration, poor traction and longerbraking distances.
When you drive over obstacles or ough terrain. keep a
firm grip on the steering wheel. Ruts. troughs or other
surface features can erk the wheel o u t of your hands ifyou're n o t prepared.
When you drive over bumps, rocks, r other obstacles,your wheels can leave the ground. I f this happens, evenwith one or two wheels.you can't control the vehicle a s
well o r a t a l l .
Because y o u will be on an unpaved surface., it's
especially important to avoid sudden acceleration,sudden tl1rnC o t - suclden braking.
In a way. off-road driving requires a different kind of
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 183/409
Su@ce Ohstclcles. Unseen or hidden obstacles can be
hazardous. A rock, log, hole, r u t or bump can startle you i f
you're not prepared for them. Often these obstacles are.hidden by grass, bushes, snow or even the rise and fall ofthe
0
0
0
0
terrain itself. Here are some things to consider:
Is the path ahead clear?
Will the surface texture change abruptlyup ahead?
Does the travel take you uphill or downhill? (There'smore discussion of these subjects later.)
Will you have to stop suddenly or changedirection quickly?
alertness from driving o n paved roads and highways.There are no road signs. posted speed l imits or signallights. Yo u have t o us e your own good judgment aboutwhat is safe and what isn't.
Drinking an d driving can be very dangerous o n any1-oad.And this i s certainly true for off-nmi driving. A t
the very tirne you need special alertness and drivingskills, your reflexes. perceptions and judgment can beaffected by wen a small amount of alcohol. You couldhave :I serious -- o r even f i t a l -- accident if you drinkand drivc or ride with a drivel- who has been drinking.See "Drunken Driving" in the Index.
4-18
Driving on Off-Road Hills
Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. Ifyou drive up them. you will stall. I f yoa drive
e
0
e
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 184/409
down them, you can't control your speed. If you
drive across them, you w i l l roll over. You could be
seriously in,jured or killed. If you have any doubt
about the steepness, don't drive the hill.
Approaching a Hill
When yo11 approach a hill. y ou need to decide if it's one
of those hills that's just too steep to clirnh, descend o r
cross. Steepness can be hard t o judge. O n I \very small
h i l l 7 fo r example, there may be a smooth, constantincline w i t h only a small change i n elevation where youcan easily see a11 the w a y to h e op . On a large h i l l . the
0
0
0
4-19
Driving Uphill
0
0
0
[A CAI
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 185/409
I ,A C A U T A N :
Turning or driving across steepills can h c
dangerous. You could lose traction, slide
sideways, an d possibly roll over. You could be
seriously injured or killed. When driviugup hills,
always try togo straight up.
Driving to the op (crest) of a h i l l at full speed can
cause an accident. There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even another vehicle. You
could be seriously injured or killed. As y o u near
the top of a hill, slow;down and stay alert.
4-20
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 186/409
I =If you have a nlanual transfer case shiftever,
shifting the transfer caseo N E U T R A L ( N ) can
cause your whicle to roll evenf the transmission
is in PARK ( P ) (,or, f you have the manual
transmission, even if you’re in gear). Thiss
because the N E U T R A L ( N ) position on the
transfer case overrides the transmission.f you
ar e going to leave your ehicle, set the parking
brake andshift the transmission to AR K (P j (or,
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 187/409
put your manual transmissionn FIRST ( 1 ) ) .
Rut do not shift the transfer case tohe
NEUTRAI, ( N ) position. Leave the transfer case
in the2HI ,4HI or 4L O position.
4-22. . . ~
Driving Dow nhill
/I\ CAUTION:Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause
your brakes to overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and a seriou s accident.
Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill
and use a l o w gear t o keep vehicle speed
under control.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 188/409
4-23
Q.' Am I likely to stall when going dow nhill?
A: It's n l~ l c hmo~xikely to happen going ~~ph i ll .ut ifi t happens going downhill, here'sw h u t t o do.
Stop your vehicle by applying the reg~11;~Irakes.
Shift t o PARK (P ) o r t o N E U T R A L ( N ) w i t h the
Apply the parking brake.
manual transmission) and, while still braking. restartthe engine.
and drive straight d o w n .Shif't back t o a l o w gear, release the parking brake.
if the engine won't start , get out m d gct help.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 189/409
Driving Across an Incline
Sooner or later, an off-road trail w i l l probably go m - o s s
the incline of a hill. i f this happens, yo^^ have t o decide
whether to try t o drive across the inc!int.. Here are some
things to consider:A hill that can be driven straight up 01- down m a y betoo steep to drive across.When you go straight LI P o r
down a hill, the length o f the wheel base (the
distance from the front wheels to the I-carwhecls)reduces the likelihood th e vehic!e will tumble cndover end.But w l w n you drive i~crossn incline. the
much more narrow track width (the distance bctwee1l
the left and right wheels) nay n o t prevent the vehicle rriving across an incline that's too steep will
make your vehicle roll over. You could be
seriously injured or killed. If you have any doubt
about the steepness of the incline, don't drive
across it . Find another route instead.
Q=
A :
What if I'm driving across an incline that's not
too steep,but I hit some loose gravel and sta rt to
slide downhill. What should do?
Stalling on an Incline
i f your vehicle stalls when you're crossing an incline, be
S L W yo11 (and your passengers) get o u t on the uphill
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 190/409
side. evet1 if the tloor there is harcler t o open. I f you getout on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to r o l l
over, you' l l be right i n its path.
I t O L Ihave to w a lk down the slope, stay o u t of the paththe vehicle will take if i t does roll o\w.
Getting out on he downhill ( l o w ) side of a vehicle
stopped across an ncline is dangerous. If' the
vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed.
Always get outon the uphill (high) sidef the
vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.
I
4-25
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow or Ice
When you drive in mud, snow or sand,your wl~eclswon't get good traction. You ca11.t accelerate ;ISquickly,turning is nm-e difficult, and you'll need longerbraking distances.
It's best to use a low gear when you're i n mud -- thedeeper the mud, the lower the gear. I n really deep mud.the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so ~ O L I o n ' t
ge t stuck.
When you drive on sand, you'll sense a change i n wheeltraction. But i t will depend upon how loosely p ~ ~ k e dhe
sand is. On loosely prncked sand (as on beaches o r sand
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds or w s can be
dange rous. Underwat.er springs, cur rents under
the ice, or sudden thaws ca n weaken the ice. Your
vehicle could fall through the ice and you and
your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle
on safe surfaces only.
Driving in Water
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 191/409
dunes) your ires will tend t o sink into the sand. This hasa11 effect on steering. acceleratingand braking. You maywant t o reduce the air pressure i n your tires slightlywhen driving on sand. This will ilnprove traction.
Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction.On these surfaces, it's very easy to lose control. On wetice, for example, he traction is s o poor that you will
have difficulty accelerating. And if you do get moving.poor steering and difficult braking can C ~ L I S ~ou t o slideout of colltl*ol.
4-26
If the water isn't too deep, then drive through i t slowly.At fast speeds, water splashes n your ignition system
and your vehicle ca n stall. Stalling can s o occur if you
tailpipe is under water, y o ~ l * I Iever be able to start yourengine. When y ou go through water. remember thatwhen your brakes get wet. i t nay take y o u longert o stop.
2 t y o u r tailpipe under water. And. as long as your
Driving through rushing water can be dangerous.
Deep water can sweep your ehicle downstream
After Off-Road Driving
Relmove any brush or debris that has collected on the
underbody. chassis or 11nder he hood. These
accumulations CUI be a fire hazard.
After operation i n mud or sand. have the brake liningscleaned and checked. These substances an C ~ L I S ~
glazing and 1111even raking. Check the body structure.steering. suspension. wheels, tires nd exlxwst systemfor damage. Also. check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.Your vehicle will require more frequent service due o
off-road use. Refer t o the Maintenance Schedule foradditional information.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 192/409
and you and your passengers could drown.f it's
only shallow water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires, andou could lose
traction and oll the vehicle over. Don't drive
through rushing water.
4-27
Driving at Night 0
0
0
0
0
Night V ision
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 193/409
0 Drive defensively.
4-28
Driving in Rainand on Wet Roads
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 194/409
4-29
The heavier the rain. the harder i t is t o see. Even i l ' y o ~ ~rwindshield wiper blades are in good sl~ape. heavy rain
can make i t harder to see road signs and traffic signals.pavement markings, the edge of the road an d evenpeople walking.
It's wise to keep your wiping equipment i n good shapeand keep your windshield washer tank filled withwasher fluid. Replace your windshield wiper insertswhen hey show signs of streaking or missing areas on Wet brakes can cause accidents. Theywon'tworkthe windshield. or when strips o f rubber start to separatc as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to
from the inserts. one side. You could lose control of theehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or
a car wash, apply your brak e pedal lightly until
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 195/409
your brakes w ork nornlally.
4-30
Hydroplaning Driving Through Deep Standing Water
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can com e in through your
engine's air intake and badly dam age your
engine. Never drive through w ater that is slightly
lower than the underbody of your vehicle. I f you
can't avoid deep puddles or standingwater, drivethrough them very s1ow;ly.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 196/409
Some Other Rainy WeatherTips
4-31
City Driving
Here itre ways to increase your safety i n city driving:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 197/409
4-32
Freeway Driving The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keepup with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving.oo-fast ortoo-slow driving breaks a smoothraffic flow. Treat theleft laneon a freeway as a passing lane.
At the entrance, there is usually a ramphat leads to thefreeway. If you have a clearview of the freeway asyoudrive along the entrance ramp,ou should begin tocheck traffic.Try to determine where ou expect toblend with the flow.Try to merge into the gap at close tothe prevailing speed. Switch on yoururn signal, checkyour mirrors and glance over your shoulder as oftensnecessary. Try to blend smoothlywith the traffic flow.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 198/409
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safestof all roads. But they have their own special rules.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to theposted limit or to the prevailing ratef it’s slower. Stayin the right lane unlessou want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Thense
your turn signal.
Just beforeyou leave the lane, glance quickly over yourshoulder to make sure theresn’t another vehicle in your“blind” spot.
4-33
Once you are moving on th e freeway, make certain youallow a reasonable following distance. Expect to IIIOVC
slightly slower at night.
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the properlane well in advance. If you miss your exit, do not.under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive o n to
the next exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
The exit speed is usually posted.
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, notto your sense of motion. After driving for any distanceat higher speeds, you may tend to th ink you are going
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip'! If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it's ready to go. If it needs
service, have it done before starting out. Of course,you'll find experienced and able service experts in GMdealerships a l l across North America. They'll be readyand willing to help if you need it.
Here are some things you can check before a trip:
0
0
0
Windshie ld W ld w r Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Areall windows clean inside and outside?
Wiper.Blcrd~s:Are they in good shape?
F ~ le l , I1girw Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checkedall levels?
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 199/409
slower than you actually are.
Before Leavingon a Long Trip
Make sure you're ready. Try to be well rested. I f you
must start when you're not fresh -- such as after a day'swork -- don't plan to make too many miles that first partof the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes youcan easily drive in.
0
0
0
0
L U I I I ~ S :re they all working'? Are the lenses clean?
Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to therecommended pressure?
Wecrtlwr For-cxmts: What's the weather outlookalong your route? Should you delay your trip a shorttime to avoid a major storm system?
M c l p s : Do you have up-to-date maps'?
4-34
Highway Hypnosis
Is there actually such a condition as "highway hypnosis'"?Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel'? Call t
highway hypnosis, lackof awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch of road with
the same scenery, along with the h u m of the tires on theroad, the drone of the engine. and the rush of the windagainst the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don't let it
happen to you! I f it does, your vehicle can leave the
road in less than c soc-ond,and you could crash andbe injured.
What can you do about highwayaware that i t can happen.
1ypmsis'? First. be
Hill and Mountain Roads
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 200/409
Then here are some tips:
0 Make sure your vehicle is we1comfortably cool interior.
0
0
I ventilated. with a
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and
to the sides. Check your mirrors and yourinstruments frequently.
If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest. serviceor parking area and take a nap, get some exercise, orboth. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
Driving on steep hills or nlountains is different fromdriving in flat or rolling terrain.
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you'replanning t o visit there, here are some tips that can makeyour trips safer and more enjoyable. (See "Off-RoadDriving" i n the Index f o r information about drivingoff-road. )
4-35
0
0
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluidlevels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and
transmission. These parts can work hard onmountain roads.
Know how to go down hills. The most importantthing to know is this: let your engine do some of theslowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you godown a steepor long hill.
If you don’t shift down, your brakes could geto
A CAUTION: .- .
Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N ) or with the
ignition otf is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the workof slowing down. They could get so
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or ven none going down a hill.
You could crash. Always have your engine running
and your vehicle in gearwhen you go downhill.
0 Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down to
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 201/409
hot that they wouldn’t work ell. You would then
have poor braking orven none going down
hill. You could crash. Shift down to let your
engine assist your brakes on steep
downhill slope.
lower gear. The lower gears help cool y o ~ ~ rngine and
transmission, and you can climb the hill better.
0 Stay in your own lane when driving on two-laneroads i n hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cutacross the center of the road. Drive at speeds that letyou stay i n your own lane.
0 As yo u go over the op of a h i l l , be alert. There could besomething in your lane, likea stalled car or an accident.
You may see highway signs on nmuntains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing rno-passing zones. a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
4-36
Winter Driving Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supplof windshield washer fluid, rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth andreflective warning triangles.And, if you will be drivingunder severe conditions, include a small bagf sand, apiece of old carpet or a couplef burlap bags to helpprovide traction. Be sure ou properly secure theseitems inyour vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tireseet theroad probably havegood traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires andthe road,you can have a very slippery situation.ou’ll
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 202/409
Here are some tips for winter driving:
0 Have your vehicle in good shape forwinter.
0 You may want to put winter emergency supplies nyour vehicle.
have a lot less traction or “grip”nd will need to every careful.
4-37
Whatever me condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing.or loose snow -- drive with caution.
Accelerate gently. Try not to break th e fragile traction. Ifyou accelerate too fist , the drive wheelswill spin andpolish the surface under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle's stabilitywhen you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Eventhough you have an anti-lock braking system, you'llwant to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See "Anti-Lock" in the Index.Allow greater following distance on anyslippery road.
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 203/409
What's the worst time for this'? "Wet ice." Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive o n . B u t wetice can be even more trouble because it may offer theleast traction of all. You can get wet ice when it's aboutfreezing (32°F; 0°C) and freezing rain begins t o f i l l .
Try t o avoid driving on wet ice unti l salt and sand crewscan get there.
until you hit a spot that's covered with ice.On anotherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can't reach: aroundclumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.Sometimes the surface of a curve oran overpass mayremain icy when the surrounding roads areclear. I f
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it . Try not t o brake while you're actually onthe ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
4-3s
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard 0 Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police thatyou’ve been stopped by the snow.
0 Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make bodyinsulators f1-om newspapers, burlap bags, rags , floormats -- anything you can wrap around yourself ortuck under your clothing to keep warm.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 204/409
I f you are stopped by heavy snow. you could be in a
serious situation. You should probably stay with yourvehicle unless you know for sure that you are near helpand you can hike through the snow. Here are somethings to do to summon help and keep yourself and yourpassengers safe:
0 Turn on your hazard flashers. You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.
4-39
Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle.
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside. CO could overcome you and kill
you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is n your vehicle. Clear away snow from
around thebase of your vehicle, especiallyany
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And checkaround again from time to time to be sure snow
doesn’t collect there.
Open a window just a little on the side of the
Run your engine only as long a s you must. This savesfuel. When you run the engine, make i t go a little faster
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. Thisuses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps thebattery charged. You will need a well-charged battery torestart the vehicle. and possibly for signaling later onwith your headlamps. Let the heater run for a while.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almostall the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine againand repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortablefrom the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve thefuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can getout of the vehicle and do some hirly vigorous exercisesevery half hour or so until help comes.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 205/409
vehicle that’s away from the wind. This will help
keep CO out.
4-40
Recreational Vehicle Towing
(Four-wheel Drive With7Shift Transfer Case Only)
1 .
2 .
3.
3.
Set th e par' * lg brake firmly.
Place an automatic transmission in PARK ( P )or a
manual transmission in FIRST ( I ).
Firmly attach the vehicle being towed t o the towvehicle. Do not tow the vehicle by the rear bumper
bar. Refer to the hitch manufacturer's instructions.
Place the manual shift transfer case shift levern
N E U T R A L (N) .
ACAUTION:
Shifting the transfer case intoEUTRAL (N) can
cause your vehicle to roll evenf the transmission
is in PARK (P),for an automatic transmission, r
if your vehicle is in gear, for a manual
transmission. You or others could be injured.
Make sure the parking brakes firmly set before
you shift the transfer case into EUTRAL (N).
5 . Release the parking brake only after the vehiclebeing towed is firmly attached to the tow vehicle.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 206/409
6 . Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch andturn it one notch forward of the LOCK position. Thisplaces the key i n the OFF position, which unlocks
the steering column while preventing battery drain.Unlocking the steering column will allow for propermovement of the front wheelshires during towing.
4-41
Recreational Vehicle Towing
(Except Four-wheel Drive WithManual Shift Transfer Case)
Loading Your Vehicle
Vehicles with two-wheel drive or th e optional electronicshift transfer case require special modifications beforethey can be towed in this manner. Please contact yourdealer for the towing information that is appropriate foryour particular vehicle.
Vehicles with all-wheel drive (AWD) can not be towedin this manner.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 207/409
The Certification/Tire label is found on the driver’s dooredge, above the door latch. The label shows the size of
your original tires and the inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle. This iscalled the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, cargo and trailer tongue weight, if pulling a trailer.
4-42
The CertificatiodTire label also tells you the maximumweights far the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR).To find out the actual loads onyour front and rear axles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh your vehicle. Your dealer can helpyou with this. Be sureto spread out your load equally onboth sides of the centerline.
Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, or theGAWR for either the front or rear axle.
If you do have a heavy load, you should spread it out.Similar appearing vehicles may have different G V W R sand payloads. Please note your vehick'sCertificatiodTire label or consult your dealer foradditional details.
Using heavier suspension components to get addeddurability might not change your weight ratings. Ask
your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way.
NOTICE:
Your warranty does not cover partsr
components that ail because of overloading.
If you pu t things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases,tools, packages, or anything else-- they will go as fasta s the vehicle goes. I f you have to stop or urn quickly,or if there is a crash, they'll keep going.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 208/409
A CAUTION:
Do not load yuurvehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can break,
or it can change the way your vehicle handles. These
could cause you to lose control. Also, overloading
can shorten the life of your vehicle.
4-43
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and
injure people in a sudden stop or turn,r in
a crash.
Put things in the cargo areaf your vehicle.
Try to spread the weight venly.
Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle o tha t some of them areabove the tops f the seats.
Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
Payload
The payload capacity is shown on the Certification/Tirelabel. This is the maxjInum load capacity that yourvehicle can carry. Be sure to include the weight of theoccupants as part o f your load. If you added anyaccessories o r equipment after your vehicle left thefactory. remelnber to subtract the weight of these thingsfrom the payload. Your dealer can help you with this.
Add-on Equipment
When you carry rernovable items, yo11 may need to put al i m i t 011 how m a n y people you carry inside your vehicle.Be sure to weigh your vehicle before you buy and installthe new equipment.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 209/409
When you carry something inside thevehicle, secure it whenever ou can.
Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you
need to.
There’s also important loading information for off-roaddriving in this manual. See “Loading Your Vehicle forOff-Road Driving” in the Index.
NOTICE:
Your warran ty doesn’t cover parts or
components that fail becausef overloading.
4-44
Towing a Trailer
If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive
properly, you can lose control whenyou pull a
trailer. For example,f the trailer s too heavy, the
brakes may not workwell -- or even at all. You
and your passengers could be seriouslyn.jured.Pull a trailer onlyf you have followed all the
steps in this section. sk your GR/I dealer for
advice and information about towing a trailer
with vour vehicle.
I NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and resu lt n costly repairs not covered y
your warranty.To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice n this part, and ee yourGM dealer
for important information aboutowing a trailer
with your vehicle.
Every vehicle is ready for some trailer towing. I f yourswas built with trailering options, as many are. it‘s readyfor heavier trailers. But trailering is different than justdriving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 210/409
i n handling, durability and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to beused properly.
That’s the reason for this part. In it are manytime-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for your safety and that ofyour passengers. So please read this section carefullybefore you pull a trailer.
4-45
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points:
0
0
0
There are many different laws, including speed limitrestrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sureyour rig will be legal, not only where you live butalso where you’ll be driving. A good source for this
information can be state o r provincial police.
Consider using a sway control if your trailer willweigh 2,000 lbs. (900 kg) or less. You should always
use a sway control if your trailer will weigh morethan 2,000 lbs. (900 kg). You can ask a hitch dealerabout sway controls.
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles(800 k m ) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
If you have an automatic transmission, you can useDRIVE (D) (or, as you need to, a lower gear) when
towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle inDRIVE (D) when towing a trailer will minimize heatbuildup and extend the life of your transmission. If
you have a manual transmission and you are towinga trailer, it‘s better not to use FIFTH ( 5 ) gear. Justdrive in FOURTH (4) gear (or, as you need to, alower gear).
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
the weight of the trailer,
0 the weight of the trailer tongue
and the weight on your vehicle’s tires.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 211/409
0
axle or other parts could be damaged.
Then, during the first 500 miles (800 k m ) that you
tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) anddon’t nuke starts at full throttle. This helps yourengine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. Forexample, speed, altitude, road grades, outsidetemperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull atrailer are all important. And, i t can also depend on anyspecial equipment that you have on your vehicle.
The following chart shows how much your trailer canweigh, based upon your vehicle model and options.
4-46
Vehicle
2-Wheel Drive,
Auto. Trans.
2- Wheel Drive,Manual Trans.
4-Wheel Drive &All-Wheel Drive.Auto. Trans.
4-Wheel Drive &
All-Wheel Drive,Manual Trans.
Axle Ratio Trailer Wt.
3.084,500 lbs. (2 04 1 kg)
3.42 5,500 lbs. (2495kg)
3.424,500 Ibs. (204 1kg)
3.083.423.73
3.42
4,000 lbs. ( 1 8 14 kg)
5,000 Ibs. ( 2 268 kg)
5,000 Ibs. (2 268 kg)
4,000 lbs. (1 8 14 kg)
Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming thedriver and one passenger are n the tow vehicle and it
You can ask your dealer for our trailering information oradvice, or you can write us at the address listed in your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information Booklet.In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario LI H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an importantweight to measure because it affects the total or grossweight of your vehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 212/409
has all the required trailering equipment. The weight ofadditional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in
the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum
trailer weight.
cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will beriding in the vehicle. And if you will tow a trailer, youmust add the tongue load to the GVW because yourvehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See ”LoadingYour Vehicle” in the Index for more information aboutyour vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
4-47
A B
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's Tires
Be sure your vehicle's tires are inflated to the upperl i m i t f o r cold tires. You'll find these numbers on theCel-tification/Tirelabel on the driver's door edge, abovethe door latch, or see "Tire Loading" i n the Index. Thenbe S L ~ou don't go over the G V W l imi t for yourvehicle, including the weight of the trailer tongue.
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch equipment.Crosswinds. large trucks going by and rough roads are a
few reasons why you'll need the right hitch. Here aresome rules to follow:
0 I f ' YO L I ' I I be pulling a trailer that, when loaded, will
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 213/409
I f you're using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailertongue ( A ) should weigh 10 percent of the total loadedtrailer weight (B). If you're using a weight-distributill~
hitch, the trailer tongue ( A ) should weigh I2 percent ofthe total loaded trailer weight (B) .
After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer andthen the tongue, separately, to see if the weights areproper. I f they aren't, you may be able to get them rightsimply by moving some. items around i n the trailer.
weigh more than 2,000 lbs. (900 kg), be sure to L W a
properly mounted, weight-distributing hitch andsway control of the proper size. This equipment is
very important for proper vehicle loading and goodhandling when you're driving.
4-48
Will you have to make any holes in the body of yourvehicle when you install ti trailer hitch'?
If you do. then be sure to seal the holes later whenyou remove the hitch. If you d o n ' t seal them, deadlycarbon monoxide (CO)f~-om our exhaust can getinto your vehicle (see "Carbon Monoxide" i n theIndex). Dirt and water can, too.
Safety Chains
you should always attach chains between yo11r vehicleand your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer s o that the tongue w i l l not drop to the roadif i t becomes separated from the hitch. Instructionsabout safety chains may be provided by the hitchmanufilcturer o r by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
Trailer Brakes
If your trailer weighs more than 1.000 Ibs. (450 kg)loaded, then i t needs its own brakes -- and they must beadequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for
the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust andn1aintain them properly.
Your trailer*sbrake system can tap into the vehicle'shydraulic brake system only if :
The trailer parts can withstand 3.000 psi
(20 650 kPa ) o f pressure.
0 The traileras brake system will use less th;m
0 .02 cubic inch (0 .3 cc) o f fluid from your vehicle'smaster cylinder-. Otherwise. both braking systemswon't work well. Yo u could even lose your brakes.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 214/409
manufacturer's recommendation for attaching safetychains and c l o not attach them to the blmper. Alwaysleavejust enough slack so you can turn with your rig.
And, never a l l o w safety chains to drag o n the ground.
I f everything checks out this far, then make the braketluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends
fluid to the ear brakes. But don't use copper tubing fo rthis. If you do, i t will bend and finally break off. Usesteel brake tubing.
4-49
Driving with a Trailer
1 AUTION:
If you have a rear-most window open andou
pull a trailer with yourvehicle, carbon nlonoxide
(CO) could corne into yourvehicle. You can’t see
or smell CO. It can cause nconsciousness or
death. (See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.) Tomaximize your safety when towing trailer:
Have your exhaust system inspected for
leaks, and make necessary repairs before
starting on your trip.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 215/409
Keep the rear-most windows closed.
If exhaust does come into your ehicle
through a window in the rea r or ano theropening, drive with your front, main
heating or cooling system on andwith the
fan on any peed. This will bring fresh,
outside air into yourehicle. Do not useMAX A X because it only recirculates the
air inside your vehicle. (See“Comfort
Controls” in the Index.)
4-50
Following Distance
Backing U p
Making Turns
NOTICE:
M aking very sharp turns w hile trailering could
cause the trailer to com e n contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be dam aged. Avoid
ma king very shar p turns while trailering.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 216/409
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
4-51
When towing a trailer, the ~ ~ r r o w sn your instrumentpanel w i l l flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer
itre burned o u t . Thus. you may think drivers behind youare seeing your signal when they are not. It's importantt o check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs arcstill working.
Driving On Grades
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reducc yourspeed t o around 45 mph (70km/h) t o reduce thepossibility of engine an d transmission ovc.rheating.
Whcn towins at high altitude on steep uphill grades,
consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at a
lower temperature than at normal altitudes. I f yo^^ turnyour engine off immediately after towing a t high altitudeon steep uphill grades, your \:ellicle may show signssimilar to engine overheating.To avoid this. let theengine r ~ ~ nhile parked (preferably on level grout1d)w i t h the automatic transmission i n PARK (Pj (or the1manuaI transmission out of gear and the parking brakeapplied) 1'01-I few minutes before turning the engine off.
If you do get the overheat warning. see "EngineOverheating" i n the Index.
Parking on Hills
You really should n o t park your vehicle. w i t h a trailerattached. on a h i l l . If something goes wrong,your rig
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 217/409
If you have an automatic transmission. y o u should useDRIVE ( D ) when towing a trailer. Operating your
vehicle i n D R I V E ( D ) when towing a trailer willminimize heat buildup and extend the life of yourtrrmsmission. Or: if you have ;1 manual t ransmiss ion. it's
better n o t t o use FIFTH ( 5 )gear. just drive i n
FOURTH (4)gear (or, a s you need to, a I ~ M W gear).
could start t o move. People can be injured, and bothy o ~ ~ rehicle and the trailer can be damaged.
4-52
1.
L .7
3 .
4.
5 .
Apply your regultu- brakes, but don‘t shift intoPARK ( P ) yet. o r i n t o gear fo r a nxmualtransmission. Then t111-nyour wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill.
Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
Wh en the wheel chocks are i n place, release theregular brakes u n t i l the chocks absorb the load.
Reapply the reglrlar brakes. Then apply your parkingbrake, and then shift into PARK (P ) . o r
REVERSE (R) or a manual transmission.
I f yo^^ have ; I’our-~yheel-dl-ive \:ellick witha
manual transfer case shift lever, be S L I R th e transfer
It canbe dangerous toget out of your vehicle if
the shift lever is not fully in PARK ( P )with the
parking brake firmly et. Your vehicle can roll .
If you have left the engine running, the ehicle
can move suddenly. You 01- others could be
injured. ‘li)be sure yourvehicle won’t n~ove , ven
when you’re on fairly level ground , use the stepsthat follow.
If you have four-wheel drivewith a nlanual
transfer case shift lever and your transfer cases
i n NEUTRAL ( N ) , your vehicle will he free to
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 218/409
6 .
case is i n a drive gear -- not i n N E U T R A L ( N) .
Release the regular brakes.
roll, even if your shift lever s in P A R K ( P ) .So, be
sure the transfer cases in a drive gear - not in
NEUTRAL ( N ) .
4-53
When You Are Readyto Leave AfterParking ona Hill
I , Apply your reg~~larrakes and lwld the pedal downwhile you:
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear: and
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly unti l the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service nlore often when you're
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule fo r moreon this. Things that are especially important i n traileroperation are automatic transmission fluid (don'toverfill), engine i l . ~ ~ x l eubricant, belt, cooling systemand brakc adjustment. Each of these is covered in thismanurd. and the Index will help you find then] quickly.I f you're trailering. it's a good idea t o review thesesections before you start your trip.
Check periodically t o see that a l l hitch nuts and boltsar e tight.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 219/409
4-54
Trailer Wiring Harness
0 White (Heavy Gage):Ground wire.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 220/409
4-55
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 221/409
4-56
Section 5 Problems on the Road
5 -2s 25 - 3
5-7
5-12
5-22 Engine Fan Noise
5-23 Changing a Flat Tire
5-35 CompactSpare ’Tire (IfEquipped)
5-36 If Y O L I ’ I - ~tuck: I n Sand. Mud,
5-22 If a Tire Goes Flat
Ice or Snow
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 222/409
5-1
Hazard Warning Flashers
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 223/409
Other Warning Devices
5-2
NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could resultn costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn't be coveredbyyour warranty.
Do not try to start yourvehicle by pushing or
pulling it. This could damage your vehicle, even if
you have a manual transmission. And if you have
Batter ies can hurt ou. They canbe dangerous
because:
They contain acid that can burr1 you.
0 They contain gas thatcan explode or ignite.
0 They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
If you don 't follow these steps exactly, some r allof these things can hurtou.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 224/409
an automatic transmission, it ~ o n ' t tart that way.
INOTICE:
5-3
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cablescan reach, but be sure the vehicles aren*t ouchingeach other. I f they are, i t could cause a groundconnection you don't want. You wouldn't be able tostart your vehicle, and the bad grounding coulddamage the electrical systems.
You co~~lde injured if the vehicles roll. Set theparking brake firmly on each vehicle. Put an
automatic transmission i n PARK (P)o r a manualtransmission i n NEUTRAL ( N ) . If you have a
four-wheel-drive vehicle with a m a n u a l transfer caseshift lever, be sure the transfer case is not i n
NEUTRAL ( N j .
3 . Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplugunnecessary accessories plugged into the ci,wsettelighter, or accessory power outlets, if you have thisoption. Turn off all lamps that aren't needed a s wellas radios. This will avoid sparks and help save bothbatteries. I n addition, i t could save your radio!
I NOTICE:
If ' you leave your radioon, it could be badlydamaged, The repair wouldn't be covered by
your warranty.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 225/409
An electric fan can start up evenhen the engine
is not running and can injureou. Keep hands,clothing and tools way from any underhoodelectric fan.
- -If your vehicle has air conditioning, the auxiliary
electric fan under the hood can startp even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing andools away fromany underhood electric fan.
5-4
CAUTION:
Using a match neara battery can cause battery
gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. se a flashlight f
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has enoughater. You don't
need to add water to theelco Freedom"' battery
installed in every new CbI vehicle. But if a
battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount
6. Connect the redpositive (+) cable tothe positive (+) terminalof the vehicle with thede.ad battery.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 226/409
of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care
of that first. If you don't, explosive gas could
be present.Battery fluid contains acid that can burnou.
Don't get it on ou. If you accidentally get itn
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water andget medical help immediately.
5-5
7. Don't let the other end
touch metal. Contwct i t t o
the positive (+) terminal
8. N o w connect theblack negative (-) cableto the good battery's
9. Attach the cable at least18 inches (45 crn) away
from the dead battery,but n o t near engine purtsthat I TI O W.
The electricalconnection is just as
good there, but thechance o f sparks gettingback to the battery is
much less.
1 0 . N o w start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine for ;1while.
1 I . Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. If i t
won't start after a few tries make sure a l l
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 227/409
negative (-) terminal.
Don't let the other end
touch anything u n t i l thenext step. The other end
of the negative cabledoesn't go to the deadbattery. It p e s o a heavy
unpainted metal ~ U ' Inthe engine o f the vehiclewith the dead battery.
connections we good. I f i t still won't start. it
probably needs service.
A CAUTION:Ians or other m oving engine parts can injure you
badly. Keep y o u r hands away from moving parts
once the engines arc running.
5-6
1 - E3 + ITowing Your Vehicle
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 228/409
5-7
c -T-l[BN:
To help avoid injury to ou o r others:
0 Never let passengers ride in aehicle that is
IA vehicle can f a l l from a car carrier f it isn’t
adequatelJT secured. This can cause aollision,
serious personal injury and ehicle damage. The
vehicle should he tightly secured with chains or
steel cables before its transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.) that can be cut y sharpedges underneath the owed vehicle. Always use
T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use
J-hooks. Theywill damage drivetrain and
suspension components.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 229/409
0
0
0
0
0
being towed.
Never tow faste r than safe or postedpeeds.
Never tow with damaged parts otfully secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
Always use separate safety chains on each
side when towinga vehicle.
Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.
5-8
When your vehicle is being towed. have the ignition key
turned t o the OFF position. The steering wheel shouldbe cla111ped i n a straight-alwad position with a clampingdevice designed for towing service.Do not use thevehicle's steering column lock for this. The transmissionshould be i n NEUTRAL ( N ) and the transfer case, if you
have one. should be in 2HI. The parking brake shouldbe released.
I f your vehicle 11as a floor mounted shifter and noelectrical power, the electrical solenoid lock must be
overridden to shift from PARK ( P ) to N E U T R A L ( N ) .Follow these steps:
1. Push the base o f the shift lever boot forward \%7ith
your tlwmb.
2. Lift the boot and find th e white solenoid lever.
3 .
4.
Move the solenoid lever toward the driver's side tounlock i t .
While holding the solenoid lever in the ~~ nl oc k
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 230/409
5 .
position. press the shift lever button and shift intoN E U T R A L ( N ) .
5-9
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-type equipment or
fascia/fog lamp damagewill occur. Use wheel-lift
or car carrier equipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car-carrier equipment.se
safety chains andwheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from
vehicle to ground or ehicle to wheel-lift
equipment. To help avoid damage, install a
towing dolly and rai se the ehicle unti l adequateclearance is obtained between the ground and/or
wheel-lift equipment.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 231/409
Do not attach winch cables or J-hooks to
suspension components when using car-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooks inserted in theT-hook slots.
5-10
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-type equipment or rear
bumper valance damage il l occur. Use wheel-lift
or car-carrier equipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car-carrier equipment. se
safety chains andwheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage avehicle. Damage can occur from ehicle
to ground or ehicle to wheel-lift equipment.Unless you have all-wheel drive, to help avoid
damage, installa towing dolly and raise the
vehicle until adequate clearances obtained
between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 232/409
Do not attach winch cables or ,J-hooks to
suspension components when using car-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooks insertednthe T-hook slots.
5-11
Engine OverheatingYou will find a coolant temperature gage on your
vehicle's instrument panel.
If Steam Is C . - g I; - _ _ _ IYour EngineSteam from an overheated engine can burnou
badly, even if you just open the ood. Stay away
from the enginef you see or hear steam coming
from it. Just turn it ff an d get everyoneaway
from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no sign of steam or coolant before ou
open the hood.If you keep driving when your engines
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire,ou or
others could be badly burned.Stop your engine f
it overheats, and get outf the vehicle until the
engine is cool.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 233/409
NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire becauseou keepdriving with no coolant, yourehicle can be
badly damaged. Thecostly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
5-12
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
I f you zet the overheat warning but see or hear no
steam. the problem may n o t be too serious. Sometimesthe engine can get a little too h o t when you:
0 Climb a long h i l l on a hot day.
Stop after high-speed driving.
Idle for long periods i n traffic.
Tow a trailer. See "Driving on Grades" in the Index.
If yo u get the overheat warningwi th no sign of steam,try this for a minute or so:
2 . T~11-11n y o ~ ~ reater t o fu l l h o t at the highest fan
speed and open the window as necessary.
I f you no longer have the overheat warning. oucan drive. Just t o be safe. drive slower for about10 minutes. If the warning doesn't come back on.
you can drive norrnally.
I f the warning continues. pull over, stop, andpark yourvehicle right away.
I f there's still no sign of steam. push the accelerator until
the engine speed s about twice as fast as normal idlespeed. Bring he engine speedback t o normal idle speedafter two or hree minutes. Now see if the warning stops.
But then, if you still have the warning, r u m o g t l weugine c ~ lot e l ? e r ; \ . o l w o u t o f t l w \ v l~ ic lc . nt i l i t
cools down.
You may decide not t o lift the hood but to get servicehelp right away.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 234/409
3. I f you're in a traffic j am . shift to N E U T R A L ( N) :otherwise, sh i f t to the highest gear \vhile
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE( ( 3 3 )
orDRIVE (D) or automatic transmissions.
5-13
When you decide it's safe to lift the hood. here's whatyou'll see: A CAUTION:
rf your vehicle has air conditioning, the auxiliary
electric fan under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. K eep hands, clothing and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,don't d o anything else until i t cools down.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 235/409
A . Coolant Recovery Tank
B. Radiator Pressure Cap
C . Engine Fan
5-14
Heater and radiat or oses, and other engine
parts, can be very hot.Don't touch them. If' you
do, you can be burned.
Don't run the enginef there is a leak. If' yo u run
the engine, t could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, andou could be burned.
Get any leak ixed before you drive thevehicle.
I NOTICE:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 236/409
Engine damagefrom running your enginewithout coolant isn'tcovered by your warranty.
If there seems tobe 110 leak, start the engine again. Seeif the t'an speed increases when idle speed is doubled bypushing the accelerator pedal down. If it doesn't. yourvehicle needs service. T~1l-11ff the engine.
How to Add Coolant to the CoolantRecovery Tank
If you haven't found a problem yet, but the coolant levelisn't at the A D D mark, add a SO/SO mixture of d ~ c t r z
,twtur (preferably distilled)and DEX-COOL'@(silicate-free) antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank.(See "Engine Coolant" i n the Index for moreinformation. )
_s IAdding only plain water to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can oil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle's coolant warning
NOTICE:
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
Use the recommended coolant and the proper
coolant mix.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 237/409
system is set or the proper coolant ix. With
plain water or the wrong ix, your engine couldget too hot but ou wouldn't get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire andou or
others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water andDEX-COOL" coolant.
5-16
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine p arts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 238/409
5-17
I't 'IUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling
system can blow out and burn ou badly. They
are underpressure, and if you turn the radiator
pressure cap =- even a little ==they can come out
at high speed. Never turn the cap when the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and
radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to
turn thepressure cap.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 239/409
5-18
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 240/409
5- 19
: ii'
..::.:
4.
5 .
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 241/409
5-20
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 242/409
5-21
Engine FanNoise If a TireGoes FlatThis vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan. When
the clutch is engaged, th e fa n spins faster to providemore air to cool the engine. In most everyday drivingconditions, the clutch is not engaged. This improvesfuel economy and reduces fan noise. Under heavyvehicle loading, trailer towing and/or high outsidetemperatures, the fan speed increases when the clutchengages. S o you may hear an increase i n fan noise. This
is normal and should not be mistaken as the
transmission slipping or making extra shifts. I t is merelythe cooling system functioning properly. The fan willslow down when additional cooling is not required andthe clutch disengages.
You m ay also hear this fan noise when you start h eengine. It will go away as the fan clutch disengages.
It's unusual f o r a tire to "blow out" while you're driving,
especially i f you maintain your tires properly. I f air goesout of a tire, it's muc11 more likely t o leak out slowly.But if you should ever have a "blowout." here are a fewtips about what t o expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag thatpulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.Steer to ~naintainane position, and then gently brake to
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
A rear blowout. particularly on a curve, acts much like askid and may require the same correction you'd use in a
skid. I n a n y rear blowout, remove y o ~ ~ root from theaccelerator pedal. Get the c.ehicle under control by
steering the way ~ O L I ant the vehicle to go. I t may be
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 243/409
very bumpy and noisy. but you can still steer. Gentlybrake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
5-22
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazardwarning flashers.
A CAUTION:
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle
can slip off the jack andoll over you or other
people. You and they could be badly injured.
Find a level place to change your ire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic ransmission shift
lever in PARK (P)or shift a manual
3. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehiclewith a manual transfer ase shift lever,
be sure the transferase is in a drive
gear -- not in NEUTRAL (N).
4. Turn off the engine.
5. Put the wheel blocks at the front and
rear of the tire farthest w ay from the
one being changed. That would be the
tire on the other ide of the vehicle, at
the opposite end.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 244/409
transmission to FIRST 1) or
REVERSE (R).CAUTIQN: iContinued)~
5-23
LThe following stepswill tell you h o w to use thc jack andchange a tire.
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
To remove your jack cover,pull up on the latch at theend of the cover. near the
endgate and the latch on theto p of the cover. Removethe whecl blocks, jack and
wheel wrench.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 245/409
The jacking equipment you ' l l need is stored r ~ l o n ghedriver's rex wall. I n some cases, you may ha\:e t o
remove the spare tire in order to reach the jack. Your
vehicle is also equipped with work gloves and a plasticground mat lo assist i n the changing of a f lat tire.
NOTICE:
Never remove or restow a tire from/to a stowage
position under the ve hicle while the vehicle is
supported by a jack . Alway s tighten the tire fully
against the underside of the vehicle when
restowing.
5-24
insert the chisel end o f the
wheel wrench. on an angle,i n t o the hole i n the rear
bumper. Be sure thc chiselend of the wheel \vrenchconnects into the hoist shaft.
I NOTICE:
To help avoid vehicle damage, d o not.drive the
vehicle before the cable is restored.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 246/409
5-25
Insert the key and pull
the lock cast” straight oft‘.
It is n o t necessary t o turn
the key.
L
A
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 247/409
Put the spare tire neat-the l ’ la t tire.
5-26
Some of the molded plastic h u b caps ha\:e imitationwheel nuts molded into therm. The wheel wrench won't
nut . they must be removed i n order to get to the wheelnuts. Use the socket end ofthe wheel wrench to rer11ovethe wheel n u t caps.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 248/409
f i t these imitation nuts, so don't try to remove them with
the socket end of the wheel wrench. YOLII- heel n u t caps m a y attach your h u b cap t o thewheel. Remo\~.hese wheel n u t caps before you take off
the hu b cap .
5-27
Removing the FlatTire and Installing theSpare Tire
3. Fit the jack into the appropriate hole nearest thetlat tire.
1 . Using the wheel wrench, loosen a l l the wheel nuts. A . Front Frame Hole
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 249/409
Don't remove them yet.2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the jack
lift head.
B. Rear Frame Hole (?-Door) or Spring Hanger Hole(+Door)
5-28
I
Getting undera vehicle when it is jacked up is
dangerous. If the vehicle slipsoff the jack,you
could be badly injuredo r killed. Never get under
a vehicle when it is upported only by a jack.
NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly
positioned can damage the ehicle and even make
the vehicle to fall. To help avoid personal injury
and vehicle damage, he sure to fit the jackift
head into the proper location before raising
th e
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 250/409
the vehicle.
5-29
6. Remo\:e any rust or dirtfrom the wheel bolts.mounting surfr~ces nd
spare wheel.
Rust or dirt on theheel, or on the parts to
which it is fastened, can make the heel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
Never use oilor grease on studs or nuts.f you
do, the nuts might comeoose. Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident.
8. Put the nuts o n byhand. Make S L I K thecone-shaped end is
toward the wheel.Tighten each n u t by
hand u n t i l the wheel is
held against th e hub.If ;I n u t can't be turned
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 251/409
off and cause an accident. Whenou change a
wheel, remove any rust or di rt f rom thelaces
where the wheel attaches to the ehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a p aper towel
to do this; but be sure tose a scraper orwire
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rustr
dirt off.
by hand. L I S ~he
wheel wrench and seeyour dealera s soon
a s possible.
5-30
10. Use the wrench to tighten the wheel nuts firmly in acrisscross sequence as shown.
9. Lower the vehicle y turning the ack handlecounterclockwise. Lower theack completely.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 252/409
5-31
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened
wheel nuts can cause the heel to become loose
and even comeoff. This could lead to n accident.
Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If yo11 have
t o replace them, be sure toget new GILI original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere as soons you can and have the
nuts tightened witha torque wrench to95 Ib-ft
'A CAUTION:-
Storing a jack, a ti re or other equipmentn the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause in,jury. In a sudden stop r collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store ll these
in the properplace.
NOTICE:
A n aluminum wheel with a flat tire should always
be stored under thevehicle with the hoist.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 253/409
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead tobrake pulsation and rotor damage.o avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
However, storing it thatway for an extendedperiod could damage thewheel. To avoid this,
have the wheel repaired as oon as possible.
5-32
Follow this diagram to store the llnderbody-mounted spare.
A . Retainer
B. Valve Stem(Pointed Down)
C. Spare 01- Flat Tire
D. Spring
E. Wheel Wrench
F. Lower
G . RaiseH. Hoist A r m
1 . Put the tire on the gr o~ ~n dt the rear of the vehicle,w i t h the valve stem pointed down and to the rear.
2. Pull the retainer t11ro~1shhe wheel .
3 . Put the chisel end of the wheel wrench, on an angle,through the hole in th e rear bllmper and into the hoistshaft . Turn the wheel wrench clockwise u n t i l the tireis raised against the underside of the vehicle.
You w i l l hear tw o "clicks" when the tire is secure.but p~111n the tire t o make SLII-e.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 254/409
5-33
Follow this diagram for the inside-mounted spare.
Df
A . Spare or Flat Tire
B. Retainer (Two-Wheel Drive)
A . Wheel Carrier
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 255/409
C. N utD. Retainer (Four-Wheel D I - ~ L T )
E. Wheel Can-ier
E Hook
C . Wheel Nut and Locking N ut Cylinder
5-34
Return the ack, wheel wrench and wheel blocks to theproper location inyour vehicle’s rear area. Secure theitems and replace theack cover.
I /-A
I L
A. Retainer E WheelBlocks
Make sure the tire and carrier are secure.
Driving with the tire or carrier unlatched could
injure pedestrians or damage the vehicle.
Compact Spare TireIf Equipped)
Although the compact spare tire as fully inflated when
your vehicle wasnew, it can lose air after a time. Checkthe inflation pressure regularly.t should be 60 psi(420 Wa).
After installing the compact spare onour vehicle,you should stop as soon as possiblend make sureyour spare tire is correctly inflated. The compactspare is made to perform well at speedsp to 65 mph(105 km/h) for distances up to ,000 miles ( 5 000 km),
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 256/409
B. Rubber Band G. Hub Cap Removal(Someodels) Tool (Someodels)
C. Work Gloves H. Wheel Wrench
D. Mat I. Jack
E. Jack Storage Cover J. Jacking nstructions
so you can finish your trip and have our full-size tirerepaired or replaced where ou want. Of course, it’s bestto replace your sparewith a full-size tireas soon as youcan. Your spare will last longer ande in good shape incase you need it again.
5-35
NOTICE:
When the compact spare is installed, don’t takeyour vehicle through an automatic car wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on
the rails. That candamage the tire nd wheel,
and maybe other partsof your vehicle.
Don’t use your compact spare on ther vehicles.
And don’t mix your compact spare tire or heel withother wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your sparetire and its wheel together.
NOTICE:
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,Ice or Snow
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck isto spin your wheels too fast. The method known as“rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, butyou must use caution.
If you let your tires spint high speed, they canexplode, and you or others could be injured. And,
the transmission or other partsf the vehicle can
overheat. That could cause an engine
compartment fire or otheramage. When you’re
stuck, spin he wheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin thewheels above 35 mph (55k m h ) as shown
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 257/409
Tire chains won’t fit your compact spare.Using
them can damage your ehicle and can damage
the chains too. Don’t use tire chainson your
compact spare.
on the peedometer.
5-36
NOTICE:
Spinning your w heels can destroy parts of yourvehicle as w ell as the tires. If' you sp in the w heels
too fast while shifting your transm ission back
and forth, you can destroy your transmission.
Using the Recovery Hooks
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 258/409
c -37
The recovery hooks, when used, are undera lot of
force. Always pull the vehicle straight out.Never
p u l l on he hooks at a sideways angle. The hooks
could break off and y o u or others could be
injured from the chain or cablenapping back.
I NOTICE:
Never use the recovery hookso tow the vehicle.
Your vehicle could be damaged and t would not
be covered by warranty.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 259/409
5-38
Section 6 Service and Appearance Care
6-36-46-5
6-66-9
6-136- 14
6- 186- 19
6-206-2 1
6-28
6-32
6-336-38
6-406-496-496-5 2
6-546-576-58
BrakesBatteryBulb ReplacementWindshield Wiper Blade Repl~tcenwntTiresAppemlnce CareCleaning the Inside of Your VehicleCare of Safety BeltsCleaning the Outside o f Your VehicleAppearance Care Materiuls ChartVehicle Identification Number ( V I N )
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 260/409
6-236-266-266-266-27
6-586-586-62
6-636-64
Service Parts Identification LabelElectrical SystemReplacement BulbsCi,plcitiesand SpecificationsAir Conditioning Refrigerants
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting t o
do your own service work, see "Servicing Your Air
Bag-Equipped Vehicle'' in the Index.
You should keep a record with a l l parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date o f any service work y o u
perfonn. See "Maintenance Record" i n the Index.I- CAUTION:
You can be in-jured and your ehicle could bedamaged if you try to do service work ona
vehicle without knowing enough aboutt.
Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, the proper replacement parts
and tools before you attempt anyvehicle
nlaintenance task.
Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
Service
Your G M dealer knows your vehicle best and wants yc.)u
to be happy with it. We hope you'll go to your dealer fora l l y o ~ ~ rervice needs. You'll pet genuine, GM parts andGM-trained and supported service people.
We hope ~ 0 1 1 ' 1 1 want to keep y o ~ ~ rM vehicle all G M .
Genuine. GM parts have one of these marks:
Delco
Doing Your Own Service Work
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 261/409
other fasteners. "English" an d "metric"
fasteners canbe easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.
If you want to d o some of your own service work. you'llwant to get the proper GM Service Manual. I t tells youmuch more about IIOW to service your vehicle than this
tnanual can. To order the proper service manual, see"Service and Owner Publications" i l l the Index.
6-2
Adding Equipment to theOutside of
Your Vehicle
Fuel
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 262/409
6-3
Some gasolines that are not reformulated for lowemissions contain an octane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (M M T):
ask your service station operator whether or not his fuelcontains MMT. General Motors does not recommend theuse of such gasolines. If fuels containing M M T are used,spark plug life may be reduced and your emissioncontrol system performance may be affected. Themalfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panelmay turn on. If this occurs, return to your authorizedGM dealer for service.
To provide cleaner ail-, all gasolines in the United Statesare now required to contain additives that will helpprevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuelsystem, allowing; your emission control system tofunction properly. Therefore, you should not have to addanything to the fuel. In addition, gasolines containingoxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, andreformulated gasolines may be available i n your area to
I NOTICE:
Your vehicle was not designed for fuel thatcontains m ethanol. Don’t u se it. It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also dama ge
plastic and rubber parts. That damage w ouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
I f you plan on driving in another country outside the UniteStates or Canada,he proper fuel may be hard to find. Neveuse leaded gnsooline r any other fuel not recommendedn theprevious text on fuel. Costly repairs causedby use of
improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
To check on ~ w 1vailability, ask an auto club, or
contact a nlajor oil company that does business in thecountry where you’ll be driving.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 263/409
help clean the air. General Motors recommends that youuse these gasolines if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.
You can also write us at the following address foradvice. Just tell us where you-re going and give yourVehicle Identil’ication Number ( VI N) .
General Motors International Product Center1908 Colonel Sam DriveOs ha ~/ a. ntario L 1H 8P7
6-4
Filling Your Tank
The fuel cap is behind
a hinged door on thedriver’s side o f
your vehicle.
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
To take off the cap, turnit slowly to the left
(counterclockwise). The
cap ha s a spring in it: ifyou let go of the ca ptoo soon, it will springback to the right.
A CAUTION:I
If you get gasoline on yourself nd then
something ignites it, ou could bebadly burned.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 264/409
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
Gasoline can spray out onou if you open thefuel filler cap too uickly. This spray can happen
if your tank s nearly full, ands more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler caplowly and
wait for any “hiss”noise to stop. Then unscrewthe capall the way.
6-5
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline frompainted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning theOutside of Your Vehicle” in the Index.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make sureyou fully install the cap. The diagnostic system candetermine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperlyinstalled. This would allow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp’’ inthe Index.
_ _ _ _ _ _
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure to get the right
type. Your dealer canget one for you. If you get
the wrong type, it may not fit properly. This may
cause your malfunction indicator lamp toight
Checking Things Under theHood
To open the hood, first pullthe handle inside the vehicleon the lower driver’s side ofthe instrument panel.
Then go to the front of th e vehicle and release thesecondary hood release.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 265/409
and your fuel tank andemissions system may bedamaged. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in
the Index.
6-6
/d CAUTION:
Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and
start a fire. These nclude liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield wa sher and
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned . Be careful not to drop or spill
things that will burn onto a hot engine.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 266/409
6-7
When you lift the I~ood , ou ' l l see these items:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 267/409
A. Battery
B. Coolant Re,covery Tank
C. Engine Oil Dipstick
D. Transmission Dipstick C. Brake Master Cylinder
E. Engine Oil Fill H. A ir Cleaner
E Power Steering Reservoir I . Windshield WasherFluid
6-8
Before closing the hood, e sure all the filler caps are onproperly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on thehood prop.
Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood andreturn the prop to its retainer.
Then justpull the hood down firmly to close. Itilllatch when dropped from10to12 inches (25 to30 cm)without pressing on the hood.
Engine Oil
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every timeouget fuel. n order toget an accurate reading, the oil mustbe warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
The oil dipstick is ayellow ring.
Turn off the engine and givethe oila few minutes to
Checking Engine Oil
Pull out the dipstick and cleant with a paper towel or
cloth, then push it back inll the way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, and check the level.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 268/409
drain back nto the oil pan.If you don’t, the oil dipstickmight not show heactual level.
6-9
When to Add Oil
If the oil is at or below the ADD line. then you'll needto add at least one quurt of oil. But you must use the
right kind. This part explains what kind of oil to L I S ~ . or
crankcase capacity. see "Capacities and Specifications"i n the Index.
NOTICE:
Don't add too much ail.If your engine has so
much oil that the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area that shows the proper
operating range, your engine could be damaged.
Be sure to f i l l i t enough to put the levcl somewhere i n
the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back i n when yo~1'1-elmugl1.
What Kind of Oil to Use
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 269/409
6-10
HOTWEATHER
F i I ' C
RECOMMENDED SAE VlSCOSlTV GRADE ENGlNE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECTTHE LOWESTSA E VISCOSITY GRADE OL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
~
SA € 1OW-30
SA E SW-30
LOOKFOR THISSYMBOL I NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
"Starburst" sym bol. Failure to use thereconmended o i l can result in engine dam age not
covered by your warranty.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 270/409
L
PREFERRED
COLDWEATHER
DO NOT USE SA E 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHERGRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-11
Engine Oil Additives
Don't add anything to your oil. YOLKGM dealer is readyto advise if y o u th in k something should be added.
When to Change Engine Oil
If an y one of these is true for you. L I S ~he short trip/city. maintenxm schedule:
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles ( 8 to 16km).This is particularly important when outsidetemperatures are below freezing.
Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequentdriving i n stop-and-go traffic).
0 You operate your vehicle i n dusty areas o r
off-road frequently.
YOLI requently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top o f
your vehicle.
The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
Driving under these conditions causes engine oil tobreak d o w n sooner. If any one of these is true for yourvehicle. then you need to change your oil a n d filter
every 3.000 miles ( 5 000 k m ) o r 3 months -- whicheveroccurs first.
Remote O i l Filter (F ou r-w hee l Drive)
The ;1ccess d o o r for the remote oil filter is i n the steeringlinkage shicld assembly located under the radiatorsupport. Twist the screw to unlock o r lock the door.Make sure if you open the door , it is securely closedwhen you are finished.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 271/409
or other commercial application.
6-12
What to Do with Used Oil Air Cleaner
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 272/409
6-13
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Operating theengine with the air cleaner off can
cause you or others o be burned. The air leaner
not only cleans the air, t stops flame if the engine
backfires. If it isn't there, and the engine
backfires, you could be burned. Don't drive with
it off, and be careful working on the engine with
the ai r cleaner off.
I NOTICE:
If the ai r cleaner is off, a backfire can cause a
damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get
When to Check an d Change
A good time t o check your automatic transmission fluidlevel is when the engine oil is changed.
Change both the fluid and filter every 50.000 miles(83000 k m ) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one ormore of these conditions:
I n heavy city traffic where the outside temperatureregularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.
I n hil ly or mountainous terrain.
When doing frequent trailer towing.
Uses such as found in taxi. police or delivery service.
I f you d o not use your vehicle under any o f theseconditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.
See "Scheduled Maintenance Services" in the Index.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 273/409
into your engine, which will damage it. Alwayshave the ai r cleaner in place when you're driving.
6-14
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 274/409
Checking Transm ission Fluid Cold
A cold check is made after the vehicle h u s been sittingfor eight hoursor Inore with the engine off and is lwd
only as a reference. Let the engine ru n rlt idle fo r fiveminutes if outside temperaturesare 50°F ( 10°C) oI
more. I f it’s colder than 50°F ( I O OC ) , yo u m a y have t o
idle the engine longer. Should the fluid level be low
during a cold check, you rrlwst perfor111 h o t checkbefore adding fluid. Thiswill give you a more accuratereading of the fluid level.
Check ing the Fluid Hotor
ColdPark your vehicle on a level place. Keep theengine running.
With the parking brake applicd. place the shift le\;erin PARK (P).
With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shiftlever through each gear range, pausing for about
three seconds in each range. Then. position the shit’t
I . Flip the handle LIPand then pull out the dipstick andwipc i t w i t h a clean rag o r paper towel.
2. Push it back i n a l l th e way, wait three seconds an d
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 275/409
lever in PARK (P) .
Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more.
then pull it back out again.
6-16
3. Check both sides of the dipstick. and read the lowerlevel. The fluid level must be i n the COLD area for a
cold check or in the HOT area or cross-hatched areafor a ho t check.
4. I f the fluid level is in the acceptable range. push thedipstick back in all the way: then flip the handledown t o lock the dipstick n place.
How to Add Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine whatkind o f transmission fluid to use. See "Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants" in the Index.Add fluid o n l y after checking the transmissionluidHOT. ( A COLD check is used o n ly as a reference.) f
the fluid level is low, add on ly enough of the propertluid t o bring the 1wel up t o the HOT area fo r a hotcheck. I t doesn't take much fluid. generally less thanone pint (0.5 L ) . I h o\*erf i / / .
NOTICE:
We recomn lend you use only fluid labeled
DEXRON@-III ,because fluid w ith that label is
made especially for your automatic transmission.
Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-111
is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 276/409
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level a s
described under "How to Check."
When the correct fluid level is obtained. push thedipstick back i n a l l the way; then flip the handledown t o lock the dipstick i n place.
6-17
Manual TransmissionFluid
When to Check
A good time to have i t checked is when the engine oil ischanged. However, the fluid i n YOLK manualtransmission doesn't require changing.
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little dii'licult, you
m a y choose to have this done a t your G M dealershipService Department.
I f you do i t yourself, be sure to follow a l l theinstructions here, or you could get false reading.
NOTICE:
Too much o r too little fluid can damage yo ur
transmission. Too much can m ean that some of
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 277/409
the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine
parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be
~ sure to get an accurate reading if you check your
~ transmission fluid.
6-18
How to Add Fluid
Here's how to add fluid. Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determine what kind of fluid to use. See
"Recommended Fluids and Lubricants" in the Index.
1 . Remove the filler plug.
2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. Add only enoughfluid to bring the fluid level up to the bottom of thefiller plug hole.
3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the plug is fully seated.
Hydraulic ClutchThe hydraulic clutch system in your vehicle isself-adjusting. A slight amount of play (1/4 inch to1/2 inch or ti lnm to 12 m m ) i n the pedal is normal.
It isn't a good idea to "top O W ' your clutch fluid. Addingfluid won't correct a leak. A fluid loss i n this systemcould indicate a problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
When to Check and What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule. Owner Checks andServices. to determine how often you should check thefluid level in your clutch master cylinder reservoir and
for the proper fluid. See "Owner Checks and Services''and "Recommended Fluids and Lubricants" in
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 278/409
the Index.
6-19
How to Check
The proper fluid should be added if the level does not
reach the bottom of the diaphragm when it‘s i n place i n
the reservoir. See the instructions on the reservoir cap.
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine howoften to check the lubricant and when to change it . See“Scheduled Maintenance Services?’ n the Index.
How to Check Lubricant
I f the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole,you’ l l need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricantto raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 279/409
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine whatkind of lubricant to use. See ”Recommended Fluids andLubricants“ i n the Index.
6-20
Four-wheel Drive andAll-Wheel Drive
Most lubricant checksin
this section also applyt o
four-wheel-drive vehicles. However, they have twoadditional systems that need lubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine howoften to check the lubricant. See "Periodic MaintenanceInspections" in the Index.
How. to Check Lubricant
I f the level is below the bottom o f the filler plug hole,you'l l need t o add some lubricant. Add enough lubricantto raise the level t o the bottom of the filler plug hole.
What to Use
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 280/409
Refer to the Maintcnance Schedule to determine whatk i n d of lubricant to use. See "Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants" i n the Index.
6-21
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleo determine howoften to check the lubricant nd when to change it. See“Scheduled Maintenance Services”n the Index.
How to Check Lubricant
If the level is below the bottomof the filler plug hole,you’ll need to add same lubricant.
If the differential s at operating temperature (warm),
add enough lubricanto raise the level to he bottom afthe filler lug hole.
If the differential is cold, add enough lubricanto raisethe level to1/2 inch (12mm) beluw the filler plug hole.
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleo determine what
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids ndLubricants” in the Index.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 281/409
6-22
Engine Coolant
The coolings stem in your vehicle is filled ithDEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant is designed
to remain in your vehicleor 5 years or150,000miles(240 000 km) whichever occurs first, f you add onlyDEX-COOL’ extended life coolant.
The following explains your cooling systemnd how toadd coolant whent is low. If you have a problemwithengine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” inthe Index.
A 50/50 mixture of water and the DEX-COOL@ coolantfor your vehicle will:
Give freezing protection down to 34°F (-37°C).
0 Give boiling protection up to65 OF (129 C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights and gages work as
8
they should.
NOTICE:
When .adding coolant,t is important thatyou useonly DEX-COOL@ silicate-free) coolant.
If coolant other thanDEX-COOL@ s added to
the system, premature engine, heater coreor
radiator corrosion may result.n addition, the
engine coolantwill require change sooner- at
30,000 miles (50 000 km ) or 24months,
whichever occurs first. Damage caused y the use
of coolant other than DEX-COOL@s not
covered by your new vehicle warranty.
What to Use
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferablydistilled) and one-half DEX-COOL@ coolanthichwon’t damage aluminum parts. f you use this mixture,you don’tneed to add anything else.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 282/409
6-23
Adding only plain water to your cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can oil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant ix. With
plain water or the wrong mix, your engine could
get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire andou orothers could be burned. se a 50/50 mix of clean
water and DEX-COOL@coolant.
NOTICE:
If you use an improper coolantmix, your enginecould overheat and be badly damaged. The
repair cost wouldn’t be coveredy your
warranty. Too much water in the mix can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and
other parts.
I f you have to add coolant more than four times a year,have your dealer check your cooling system.
I NOTICE:
If you use the proper coolant, ou don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to
improve the system. These can be harmful.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 283/409
6-24
Checking Coolant
When your engine is cold. the coolant level should be a t
ADD, or a little higher. When your engine is warm. thelevel should be up to FULL HOT, or a little higher.
Adding Coolant
~
' Turning the radiator pressure cap when theengine and radiator are ot can allow steam and
scalding liquids to blow out and burn ou badly.
With the coolant recovery tank, you will almost
never have to add coolant at the radiator.
Never turn the radiator ressure cap -- even a
little -- when the engine and radiator are ot.
A d d DEX-COOL@coolant mixture at the recoverytank, but be careful not to spill it .
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 284/409
If you need more coolant, add the proper DEX-COOL'coolant mixture cr t rhe cwolcr l l t I - K O \ ! P I - J tcrnk.
and it will burn if the engine parts arehot
enough. Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.
6-25
Radiator PressureCap
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa)
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperattrre is controlled by a thermostati n the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the
f low of coolant through the radiator unt i l the coolantreaches a preset temperature.
Power Steerinp Fluid
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 285/409
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
fronl overheating. Be sure the arrows on the cap
line up with the overflow tube on the radiator
filler neck.
6-26
When to Check Power Steering Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly check power steeringfluid ~rnless ou suspect there is a leak i n the system or
y o u hear a n unusual noise. A fluid loss in this systemcould indicate a problem. Have the system inspectedand repaired.
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool, wipe the cap andthe top of the reservoir clean, hen unscrew the capandwipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replacethe cap and
completely tighten i t . Then remove the cap again andl o o k a t the fluid level on the dipstick.
The level should be between the A D D and FULL marks.I f necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level upto the proper range.
What to Use
Windshield Washer Fluid
What to Use
When you need windshield washer fluid. be sure to readthe manuf‘~cturer’s nstructions before ~rse .f you will beoperating your :chicle i n an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, L I S ~ fluid t h a t has sufficientprotection against freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
To determine what kind of fluid t o use, see
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 286/409
fluid can cause leaksand damage hoses and seals.
Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY with the
washer symbol 011 it . Add washer tluid until the tank is full .
6-27
NOTICE:
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washer system.Also,
water doesn’t cleanas well as washer fluid.
three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion f freezing occurs,
which could damage the tankf it is
completely full.
Don’t use radia tor anti freeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
Fill your washer fluid tankonly
Brakes
Brake Fluid
Y ~ L I I .rake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled
with DOT-3 brake fluid.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 287/409
6-28
There areonly two reasonswhy the brake fluid level inthe reservoirmight go down. The first is that therakefluid goes down to n acceptable level during normalbrake lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid
level goes back p. The other reason is that fluid isleaking outof the brake system. f it is, you should haveyour brake system fixed, since a leak means that sooneror later your brakeswon’t work well, orwon’t workat all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top ff’ your brake fluid.Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak.f you add fluidwhen your liningsare worn, then you’ll have too muchfluid when you get ew brake linings. You should add(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary,nly when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when tocheck your brake fluid. See “Periodic MaintenanceInspections” in the Index.
Checking Brake Fluid
If you havetoomuch brake fluid, itcan spill on the
engine. The fluidwiuburn if the engine is hot
I
You can check the brake fluid without takingff the cap.
Just look at the windows on the brake fluid reservoir.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 288/409
enough. You or others could be burned, and your
vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only
when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.
The fluid levels should e above MIN.If they aren’t,have your brake system checked to seef there is a leak.
After work is done on the brake hydraulic system, makesure the levels are aboveIN and below the topof
each window.
6-29
What to Add
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brakefluid -- such as Delco Supreme 1 l @ (G M Part
No. 12377967).Use new brake fluid from a sealedcontainer only.
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the areaaround the cap before removing it . This will help keepdirt from entering the reservoir.
I
With the wrong kind f fluid in your brake
system, your brakes may not workell, or they
may not even work t all. This could cause
crash. Always use the proper brake fluid.
NOTICE:
Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts. For example, justfew
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
oil, in your brake system can damage brake
system partsso badly that they’ll have to be
replaced. Don’t let someone put n the
wrong kindof fluid.
0 If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint finishan bedamaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on your vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately. See “Appearance Care” in
the Index.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 289/409
6-30
Brake Wear
Your vehicle has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes.
I f you have the all-wheel drive option, your vehicle has
four-wheel disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that makea
high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are wornand new pads are needed. The sound may come an d go orbe heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except whenyou are pushing o n the brake pedal firmly).
I A CAUTION:I
The brake wear warning sound means that soon
your brakes won't work well. That could lead to
an accident. Whenyou hear the brake wear
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
Some driving conditionsor climates may cause a brakesqueal when the brakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not mean something is wrong with
y o u r brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to helpprevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspectbrake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in theproper sequence to G M specifications.
Your rear d r u m brakes don't have wear indicators,but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise: havethe rear brake linings inspected. Also, the rear brake
drums should be removed and inspected each time thetires are removed fo r rotation or changing. When youhave the front brake pads replaced. have the rear brakesinspected, too.
Brake linings should always be replaced as completeaxle sets.
See "Brake System Inspection" i n Section 7 of this manualunder Part C "Periodic Maintenance Inspections."
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 290/409
NOTICE:
Continuing to drive with w orn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
6-31
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if th e brake pedal does not return tonor~nal eight, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakesadjust for wear.
If your brake pedal goes down farther than normal. yourrear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by
backing up and firmly app1yin.g the brakes a l e w times.Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex. It s
many parts have to be of top quality and work welltogether if the vehicle is to have really good braking.Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-qualityG M brake parts.
When you replace parts of your braking system -- forexample, when your brake linings wear down and youhaw to have new ones put in -- be sure you get newapproved G M replacement parts. If you don’t, yourbrakes may no longer work properly. For example, if
someone puts i n brake linings that are wrong for yourvehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakescan change -- for the worse. The braking performanceyou’ve come to expect can change i n many other ways if
someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.
Battery
Every new vehicle has a Delco Freedom@ battery. Yo u
never have to add water to one of these. When it’s timef o r a new battery, we recomlnend a Delco Freedombattery. Get one that has the replacement number shownon the original battery‘s label.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 291/409
6-32
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for25 days or
more, take off the black, negative (-) cable from the battely.
This will help keep your battery from running down.
Bulb Replacement
Before you replace any bulbs, be sure that al l the lampsare off and the engine isn’t running. See “Replacement
Bulbs‘‘ n the Index.
, / i \ C f iJTION:
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas
that can explode. You can be badly hur t if you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index
for tips on working around a batterywithout
getting hurt.
Contact your dealer to learn how t o prepare your vehiclefor longer storage periods.
Also, for your audio system. see ”Theft-DeterrentFeature” in the Index.
Halogen Bulbs
A CAU ION:
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
can burst if you drop or scratchhe bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructionson the bulb package.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 292/409
6-33
Headlamps
Sealed Beam Lamps
1 . Remove the screws fromthe headlamp retainer.
2. Pull the headlamp outand remove the retainer.
3 . Unplug and remove the headlamp.
4. PILI^ i n the new headlamp and put i t i n place.
5 . Put th e retainer on the headlamp and install andtighten the screws.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 293/409
6-34
Composite Headlamps
I . Open the 1700d.
3-.
4. Unplug the electrical connector.
5 . Turn the bulb
counterclockwise t o
remove I t ,
3 .6. Pu t the new bulb i n t o the headlamp lens assembly
and turn it clockwise until i t is tight.
7 . Plug i n the electrical connector.
8. Put the headlamp lens assembly back i n t o t h e
vehicle. Install and tighten the screws.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 294/409
6-35
Front Turn Signal Lamps
If you have fog lamps, the fo g lamp bracket must beremoved before you can replace the front turn
signal lamps.
3-.
3 .
Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull i t out.
Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straighto u t of the socket.
Push the new bulb into the socket unti l i t clicks.
Put the socket back into th e turn signal lampusembly a n d turn i i clockwise unt i l it locksi n t o place.
Front Sidemarker Lamps
1 .
3-.
3 .
4.
5 .
6 .
Remove the lens retaining screws.
Remove the sidernarker lens from the radiator grille.
Turn h c bulb and socket one-quarter turncounterclockwise.
Remove the bulb and socket from the lens.
Install the new bulb and socket to thesidemarker lens.
Rotate the bulb and socket one-quarterof aturn clockwise.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 295/409
7 .
9..
Install the sidemarker lens to the radiator grille.
Insert the tabs i n t o the locators.
Install and tighten the screws.
6-36
Taillamps
1 . Open the endgate.
2. Remove the two screws
from the lamp assembly.
3. Pull the assembly away from the vehicle.
4. Turn the socket counterclockwise o remove it . Pushthe tab in while you turn the socketcounterclockwise.
5 . Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straightout of the socket.
6 . Push the new bulb straight into the socket untili t clicks.
7. Put the socket into the lamp assembly and tu rn thesocket clockwiseunt i l i t locks into place.
8. Install the lamp assembly and screws.
9. Close the endgate.
Underhood Lamp
1 . Disconnect the electrical connector from the
underhood lamp assembly.
2. Remove the screws.3. Disconnect the ground wire.
4. Remove the lamp assembly f rom the hood.
5 . Install he new bulb.
6. Replace the assembly. Install and tighten the screws.
7. Connect the ground wire.
8. Connect the electrical connector to thelamp assembly.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 296/409
6-37
Front Reading Lamps
1 .
2.
3.
4.
5 .
6.
7 .
a.
Use a coin or srnall screwdriver to 11nscrew thecenter of the overhead console lamp lens while
pressing in on the lamp assembly.Remove the lamp assembly from the console.
Remove the bulb assembly from the lamp assembly.
Pull the bulb straight out of the base.
Put a new bulb into the bulb base.
Install the bulb assembly into t.he lamp assembly.
Place the lamp assembly into the console, turning itto latch it i n place.
Install the lens.
Vanity Mirror Lamps
4. Press th e new bulb into place.
5 . Slide the side tabs of the lens under the side of thevanity assembly frame.
6. Rotate the lens downward.7. Snap the lens into the frame.
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
See ”Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts” in theIndex for the proper type of replacement blade.
NOTICE:~
Use care when removing or installing a blade
assembly. Accidental bumping can cause the arm
to fall back and strike the w indshield.
1 . Inserthe blade of a small screwdriver into the center I I
slot at the bottom of the lens.
2. Gently pry the screwdriver down i n order to lift outthe lens.
1 . To remove the old wiper blades, lift the wiper arm
until i t locks into a vertical position.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 297/409
3. Pry out the bulb.
6-38
A. Blade Assembly
B. Arm Assembly
C. LockingTa b
D. Blade Pivot
E. Hook Slot
F. Arm Hook
2. Press down on the blade assembly pivot locking tab.
3. Remove the insert from the blade assembly. Theinsert has two notches at one end that are locked bythe bottom claws of the blade assembly. At thenotched end, pull the insert from the blade assembly.
A
0il4. To install the new wiper insert, slide the insert ( D ) ,
notched end last. into the end with two blade claws
( A ) . Slide the insert all the way through the bladeclaws at the opposite end ( B) . The plastic caps (C)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 298/409
Pull down on the blade assembly to release it fi-omthe wiper arm hook.
will be forced off as the insert is fully inserte.d.
5 . Be sure that the notches are locked by the bottomclaws. Make sure that all other claws are properlylocked on both sides of the insert slots.
6-39
B C
A . Claw in Notch
B. Correct Installation
C. Incorrect Installation
6. Put the blade assembly pivot in the wiper ar m hook.
Backglass Wiper Blade Replacement
See "Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement" in thissection for instructions on how to change the backglass
wiper blade. The backglass wiper blade will not lock ina vertical position like the windshield wiper blade. socare should be used when pulling it away fromthe vehicle.
Tires
Y ~ L I ~ew vehicle comes with high-quality tires made bya leading tire nnanufacturer. If you ever have questions
about your tire warranty and where to obtain service, seeyour warranty booklet for details.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 299/409
Pull up until the pivot locking tab locks in thehook slot.
7. Carefully lower the wiper a rm and blade assemblyonto the windshield.
6-40
A CAUTION:
Poorly maintained and improperly used tiresare dangerous.
0
0
0
0
Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-ou t and a serious
accident. See “1,oading Your Vehicle” in
the Index.
Underinflated tires pose the same danger as
overloaded tires. The resulting accident
could cause serious injury. Checkll tires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
when your tires areold.
Overinflated tires are moreikely to be
cut, punctured or broken y a sudden
impact -- such as when you hit a pothole.Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
Worn, old tires can cause accidents.f your
Inflation -- Tire Pressure
The Cel-tification/Tire label. which is 011 the driver‘s
doo r edge, above the door latch. shows the correct
inflation pressures for y o u r tires when they’re cold.“Cold“ lneans y o u r vehicle has been sitting for at leastthree hours o r driven n o more than 1 mile ( 1 .6 k m ) .
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or
overinflation is all right.t’s not.If‘
your tiresdon’t have enough air (underinflation),ou can
get the following:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
0 Tireoverloading
Badwear
0 Bad handling
0 Bad fuel economy.
NOTICE: (Continued)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 300/409
tread is badly worn, or f‘your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
6-41
I NOTICE: (Continued) II f your tires have too much air (overinflation),
you can get the following:0 Unusual wear
0 Bad handling
0 Rough ride
Needless damage from road hazards.
When to Check
Check your tires once a month or n101-e.Also. check thetire pressure of the spare tire.
I ! you have a compact spare tire. it should be at 60 psi(420 k Pa) .
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You can't tell if your tires are properly inflatedsimply by looking a t thcm. Radial tires may look
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires s11o111dbe rotated every 6,000 to 8,000 miles
( I O 000 to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusualwe;^
rotate your tiresa s
soona s
possible and checkwheel alignment. Also check f o r damaged tires o r
wheels. See "When 1t.s Time fo r New Tires" and"Wheel Replacement" later i n this section f o r
more information.
Thc purpose of' reg~~larotation is to achieve moreuniform wear f u r a l l tires on the vehicle. The firstrotation is t h u most important. See "Schecluled
Maintenance Services" i n the Index f o r scheduledrotation intervals.
r - -
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 301/409
properly inflated even when they're underintlatecl.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt an d moisture.
6-42
I 1
If your vehicle hasa compact spare tire, don’t include itin your tire rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front andrear inflation pressures as shownn theCertificatioflire label. Make certain that ll wheel nuts
are properly tightened.See “Wheel Nut orque’’ inthe Index.
Rust or dirt n a wheel, r on theparts to whichit is fastened, can make wheeluts become loose
after a time. The wheel could comeff and cause
an accident. Whenyou change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirtrom places where the wheel
attaches to theehicle. In an emergency, you can
use a clothor a paper towel to do this; ut be
sure to use a scraper or wire brush later, if you
need to, to get all theust or dirt off. (See“Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 302/409
6-43
When It's Time for New Tires
One way t o tell when it's
time fo r new tires is to
check the treadwearindicators, which willappear when YOLII-tires haveonly 1/16 inch ( I .6 m m ) rless of tread remaining.
You need a new tire if any of the following statementsare true:
0 You can see the indicators at three or more placesaround the tire.
You can see cord or hbric showing through thetire's rubber.
The tread or sidewall is cracked. cut or snagged deep
The tire has a bump. bulge or split.
The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
can't be repaired well because of the size or locationo f the
darnage.Buying New Tires
To find out what kind ;m.l size o f tires you need, look atthe CertificatiodTire label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new hada Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec)number on each tire's sidewall. When yo u get new tires,
your vehicle will continue to have ires that are designedt o give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,traction. ride and other things duringnormal service on
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC number will be followed by an "MS"
(for mud and snow).
I f you ever replace your tires with those no t hktving aTPC Spec number. make sure [hey are the same size.load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
c et ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 303/409
enough to show cord or fabric.bias-belted or radial) as y o u r original tires.
6-44
Mixing tires could causeyou to lose control whiledriving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
(radial and bias-belted tires), the vehicle may not
handle proper ly, and ou could havea crash.
Using tiresof different sizes may also cause
damage toyour vehicle. Be sure touse the same
size and type tires n all wheels.
It’s all right to drivewith your compact spare
(if you have one). It was developed forse on
your vehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the systemdeveloped by the United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires bytreadwear. traction and temperature performance. (Thisapplies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) The
not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires withnominal r i m diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General Motors passengercars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
requirements and additional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) standards.
c rades, they rnust also conform toFederal safety
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified government test course. Forexample. a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half( 1 1/2) imes as well on the government course as a tire
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from the norm due to variationsi n driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and clilnate.
eraded 100.The relative performance of tires depends
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 304/409
grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passengercar tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does
6-45
Traction -- A, B, C
The tmction grades, from highest to lowest. are A , B. andC, and they represent the tire‘s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces f asphalt and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor traction perf’ormance.
Wxning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based
on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (t un in g) raction.
Temperature -- A, B , C
The temperature grades are A (,thehighest), B, an d C.representing the tire‘s resistance t o the gencration o f
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undcrcontrolled conditionso n a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerate and reduce ire life,and excessive temperature can ead to sudden tirefailure. The gradeC corresponds t o a level of
performance which all passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety StandardNo. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels of
Warnin?: Thc ten~perat~u-e pxdeor this tire isestnblishcd fo r a tire that is properly intlated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed. underinflation, rexcessive loading. either separatcly or i n combination.
c;m ca~~seeat buildup md possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on y o u r vehicle were aligned and balancedcare1’uIly at the factory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overdl performance.
lee1 Replacement
~ e p l ~ emy wheel that is bent. cracked, or badly rusted01-
corrocled.I f
wheel n ~ ~ t seep coming loose. the wheel,wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be 1-eplacec1. f the
wheel leaks air, replace i t (except some aluminum
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 305/409
performance on the laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by l a w .
wheels. which c m sometimes be repaired). See your
GM dcalcr if a n y o f ’ these conditionsexist.
6-46
Each new wheel should have the same load-carryingcapacity, diameter. width. offset and be mounted th e
same way as the one it replaces.
I f you need to replace any of y o u r wheels, wheel bolts
o r wheel nuts. replace them only with ne w G M originalequipment parts. This way. you will be sure t o have theright wheel. wheel bolts a n d wheel nuts for your vehicle.
IA CAUTION: r)
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your ehicle can be dangerous.
It could affect the braking and handling f your
vehicle, make your tiresose air and makeyou
lose control. You could have a collision in which
you or other s could e injured. Alwrays use thecorrect wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
for replacement.
NOTICE:
The wrongwheel can also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire
chain clearance o the body and chassis.~ ,.
See "Changing a Flat Tire" i n the Index fo rmore information.
Used Replacement Wheels
' A CAUTION:
Put ting a used wheel on your ehicle is
dangerous. You can't know how it's been used or
how far it's been driven. It could fail suddenlyand cause an accident.f you have to replace a
wheel, use a new GkI original equipmentwheel.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 306/409
6-47
Tire Chains
NOTICE:
If your vehicle has P235/75R15, P235/70K15or31xlOSOR15LT/C size tires, don’t use tire chains.
They can. damage your vehicle because there’s
not enough clearance.
Use another typeof traction device only f its
manufacturer recommends it for use on your
vehicle and ti re size combination and roadconditions. Follow that manufacturer’s
instructions. To help avoid damage to yourvehicle, drive slowly, readjust or remove the
device if it’s contact ing your vehicle, and don’t
spin your wheels.
NOTICE: (Continued)
NOTICE: (Continued)
If you do h d traction device thatwill fit, install
them on the rear tires.If you have other size tires, use tire chains only
where legal an d only when you must.Use only
SA E Class “S” type chains that are the proper
size for your tires. Install them on the drive axle
tires (,four-wheel-drive vehicles can use chains on
both axles) and tighten them as tightlys possible
with the ends securely fastened. Drivelowly and
follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions. f
you can hear the chains contacting yourehicle,stop and retighten them.f the contact continues,
slow down until it stops. Drivingoo fast or
spinning the wheels with hains on will damage
your vehicle.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 307/409
6-48
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Someare toxic. Others can burst n to flame it ' you strike amatch or get then? on a hot part o f the vehicle. Some aredangerous if ~ O L Ireathe their fumes i n a closed space.When you L I S ~nything from a container to clean yourvehicle. be sure to follow the manufacturer's warningsand instructions. And a lways open your doors orwindows when you're cleaning the inside.
N e w r use these to clean your vehicle:
0 Benzene
0 Naphtha
0 Carbon Tetrachloride
0 Acetone
0 Paint 'Thinner
Turpentine
0 LacquerThinner
0 NailPolish Remover
Don't L M any of these unless this manual says you can.In m a n y uses, these will damage y o u r vehicle:
0 Alcohol
0 Laundry Soap
0 Bleach
6 ReducingAgents
Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle
Use a vacuum cleaner often t o get rid of dust and loosedirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean. dam p cloth.
Your G M dealer has tw o cleaners, a solvent-type spot
lifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will cleannormal spots and stains very well. D o not use them onvinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning ips:
1. Always read the instructions on the cleaner Iabei.
2. Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
3 . Use a clean cloth or sponge. and change to a clean
area often. A soft brush may be used if stainsare stubborn.
4. Use solvent-type cleaners i n a well-ventilated area
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 308/409
They can al l be hazardous -- some more thanothers -- and they can all damage your vehicle. too. 5 . I f a ring fornls after spot cleaning, clean he entire
only. If you use them. don't saturate the stained area.
area immediately or t w i l l set.
6-49
Using Foam-Type Cleaneron Fabric
1 .
2.
3 .
4.
5 .
6.
7.
8.
9.
Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines,Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following thedirections on the container label.
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. Don'tsaturate the material and don't rub i t roughly.
As soon as you've cleaned the section, use a spongeto remove the suds.
Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
Wipe off what's left with a slightly damp paper towelor cloth.
Dry i t immediately with a blow dryer.
Wipe with a clean cloth,
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all.Some spots and stains will clean off better with justwater and mild soap.
I f you need t o use a solvent:
I .
2.
3 .
4.
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with
a clean, dull knife or scraper.
Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths(preferably cheesecloth).Cleaning should start at theoutside o f the stain, "feathering" toward the center.
Keep changing to a clean section of the cloth.
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediatelydry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent acleaning ring.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 309/409
6-50
Fabric Protection Non-Greasy Stains
Your vehicle has upholstery and carpet that has beentreated with Scotchgard" Fabric Protector, a 3Mproduct. It protects fabrics by repelling oil and water,which are the carriers of most stains. Even with thisprotection, you still need t o clean your upholstery andcarpet often to keep i t looking new.
Further information on cleaning is available by calling1-800-433-3296 ( in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or Oily Stains
Stains caused by grease. oil, butter. margarine, shoepolish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmeticcreams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt canbe removed as follows:
1 . Carefully scrape off excess stain.
2. Follow the solvent-type instructionsdescribed earlier.
Shoe polish, wax crayon, t a r and asphalt will stain if left
Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black). egg, r u i t . fruit
juice, milk, soft drinks, wine. v o m i t . urine and blood canbe removed a s follows:
1. CarefLlIly scrape off excess stain. then sponge th e
soiled area w i t h cool water.
2. I f a stain remains. follow the ham-type instructionsdescribed earlier.
3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit ot-urine. treatthe area with a waterhaking soda solution:1 teaspoon ( 5 1111) of baking soda to 1 cup ( 3 5 0 1111)
of lukewarm water.
3. I f needed. clean lightly w i t h solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains
Stains caused by candy. ice crean~,mayonnaise. chilisauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
1 . Carefully scrape off excess stain.
2 . Clean with cool water and allow to dry.
3. If a stain remains, clean i t with solvent-type clcaner.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 310/409
on ;1vehicle's seat fabric. They should be removed a s
soon as possible. Be careful, because the cleaner will
dissolve them and may cause them to spread.
6-51
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
Rub with a clean, d a m p cloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do i t more than once.Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if youdon't get then1 off quickly.Use a clean cloth anda
vinyl/leatlm- cleaner. See your dealer for this product.
Cleaning Leather
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap orsaddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth. Then, et theleather dry naturally. Do not me heat t o dry.
0 For stubborn stains, use a leather cleaner. See y o u r
dealer for this product.
Nel1L.r use oils. varnishes, solvent-based or Ltbrasivecleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish on leather.
Soiled o r stained leather should be cleaned
immediately. I f dirt is allowed to work into thef in ish , it can harm th e leather.
Cleaning theTop of the InstrumentPanel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the to p surfacesof the instrument panel. Sprays containing siliconesorwaxes may cause annoying retlections n the windshieldand even make i t difficult to see through the windshieldunder certain conditions.
C-areof Safet.y Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
I
rDo not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it
may severely weaken them. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only w ith mild soap and
lukewarm w ater.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 311/409
6-52
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GMPart N o. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films oninterior glass.
Don't use abrasive cleaners on glass. because they maycause scratches. Avoid placing decals on th e inside rearwindow, since they may have to be scraped off later. If
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rearwindow, an electric defogger element may be damaged.Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outsideof the
Windshield, Backglass and
Wiper Blades
I f the windshield is n o t clear after using the windshieldwasher, or if the wiper blade chatters when running.wax , sap or other material may be on the bladeor windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GMWindshield Cleaner, Bon A m i@ Powder (non-scratching
windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse
i t with water.
c'lass cleaning powder),GM Part No. 105001 1 . The
Grime f rom the windshield will stick to the wiper bladesand affect their performance. Clean the blade by wipingvigorously with a cloth soaked i n full-strengthwindshield washer solvent. Then rinse the bladewith water.
Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;replace b1ade.s that look worn.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them lastlonger? seal better. and not stick or squeak. Applysilicone grease with a clean cloth a t least every sixmonths. During very cold, d a m p weather nIo1-e frequentapplication may be required. (See "RecommendedFluids and Lubricants" in the Index.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 312/409
6-53
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depthof color, gloss retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finishs to keep i t
clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Useliquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agentsshould be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry onthe surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a
soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoidsurface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enteryour vehicle.
Cleaning Exterior LampsLensesUse lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and a liquidhand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soap to clean
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by
hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paintfinish. You can get GM-approved cleaning productsfrom y o u r dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials”i n the Index.)
Your vehicle has a “basecoatlclearcoat” paint finish. Theclearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the coloredbasecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that arenon-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoatpaint finish.
I NOTICE:
Machine com pounding or a ggressive polishing on
a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and othersalts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, birddroppings. chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 313/409
exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under”Washing Your Vehicle.”
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on paintedsurfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are markedsafe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
6-54
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weatherand chemical fdlout that can take their t o l l over a periodof years. You can help to keep the paint finish lookingnew by keeping your vehicle garaged or coveredwhenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keeptheir luster. Washing w i t h water is all that is usuallyneeded. However. you may use chrome polish onchrome or stainless steel trim. if necessary.
Use special care with a l u m i n u m trim. To avoid
damaging protective t r im, never use auto or chromepolish, steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum. A
coating of wax, rubbed to high polish, is recommendedfor al l bright metal parts.
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels
(If Equipped)
Keep your wheels clean wing a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with cle.an water. Afterrinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A waxmay then be applied.
The surface of these wheels is similar to the paintedsurface of your vehicle. Don't use strong soaps.chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners orabrasive cleaning brushes on then1 because you coulddamage the surface.
Don't take your vehicle through an automatic car washthat has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. Thesebrushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.
Cleaning Tires
To clean Y O L K tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing always take care to
wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted
surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle.
Petroleum-based products may damage the
paint finish.
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 314/409
repair o r replacement, make sure the body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosion protection.
6-55
Finish Damage
A ny stone chips. fractures or deep scratches in the finishshould be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrodequickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-upmaterials available from your dealer or other serviceoutlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be correctedi n your dealer’s body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust conh-01
can collect on the underbody. If these x e not removed,accelerated corrosion (rust) can oxcuron the underbodyparts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan an d exhaust systemeven though they have corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these materials from theunderbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mudand other debris ca n collect. Dirt packed i n closed areasof the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can dothis for you.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create achemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon andattack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shapeddiscolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched intothe paint surface.
Although no defect i n the paintjob causes this, CM will
repair. at no charge to the owner. the surfaces of newvehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
I2 months or 12,000miles (20 000 k m ) of purchase.
whichever occurs first.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 315/409
6-56
Appearance Care Materials Chart
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 316/409
-
6-57
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
m I111111111111111111111111111111I1 11111111111111111111 0Id SAMPLE4UXVM072675I E N G I N E b 7 ASSEMBLY ICODE MODEL YEAR PLANT
~
This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. I t appears ona plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on thedriver's side. You can see i t if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The V IN alsoappears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Partslabels and the certificates of title and registration,
Engine Identification
The 8th character in your V I N is the engine code. Thiscode will help you identify your engine, specificationsand replacement parts.
Service Parts Identification Label
You'll f ind this label on the inside of the glove box. It's
your VIN,
themodel designation.
paint information and
a list of a l l production options and special equipment.Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle,
Electrical System
Add-on Electrical Equipment
NOTICE:
Don't add anything electrical to your vehicle unless
you check with your dealer first. Some electrical
equipment can damage your vehicle and the
damage wouldn't be covered by your warranty.
Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other
components from workingas they should.
Your vehicle has a n air bag system. Before attempting to
add anything electrical to your vehicle, see "Servicing
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 317/409
very helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this
label is:Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle" in the Index.
6-58
Headlamps
The headlamp wiring is protected by an internal circuitbreaker. An electrical overload will cause the lamps to goon and off, or in some cases to remain o f f . f this happens,
have your headlamp wiring checked right away.
Windshield Wipers
The windshield wiper motors protected by a circuit breakerand a fuse. If the motor overheats ue to heavy snow, etc.. thewiper will stopntil the motor cools.f the overload s causedby some electrical problem, be sure to get it fixed.
Power Windows and OtherPower Options
Circuit breakers protect the power windows and otherpower accessories. When the current load is too heavy.the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting thecircuit until the problem is fixed or goes away.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits i n your vehicle are protected fromshort circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit breakers
and fusible thermal links. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the
If you ever have a problem on the road and don't have aspare fuse. you can borrow one that has the sameamperage. Just pick some feature of your vehicle thatyou can get along without -- like the radio or cigarettelighter -- and use its fuse, if it is the correct amperage.Replace it as soon as you can.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The fuse block is at thedriver's end of theinstrument panel.
Remove the toller by turning the fastenercounterclockwise. Extra fuses and the fuse extractor areprovided i n the cover. To reinstall the fuse panel cover.push i n and turn the fastener clockwise.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 318/409
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure youreplace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical sizeand rating.
6-59
,I,,WDO
>ACCY
Fuse/CircuitBreaker Usage
A Power Door Locks, Power Seat,Power Seat Lumbar, RemoteKeyless Entry
Power Windows, SunroofB
Fuse/CircuitBreaker Usage
1
2
3
4
Stoplamps, Hazard Lamps, Chime,Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Relay,
Center High-Mounted StoplampDome Lamps, Cargo Lamps, VisorVanity Mirror, Cigarette Lighter,Inside Rearview Mirror Lamp,Overhead Console L,amps, GloveBox Lamp, Horns, Horn Relay, IPCourtesy Lamps, Power OutsideRearview Mirror, Liftglass Release
Motor, Illuminated Entry Module
Parking Lamps, License Plate Lamps,Electric Shift Transfer Case Module,Underhood Lamp, Rear Wiper, Fog
Lamp Relay, Door Switch Lamp,Ashtray Lamp, Headlamp Switch
A/C Compressor Relay, Cluster
Chime Module. DRL Relay Coil,Four-Wheel-Drive Indicator Lamp,DRL Module, Rear Defog Timer,Transfer Case Control Module
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 319/409
Modde/Motor Ignition, SIR Redundant Ignition,R K E Ignition. Fuel Sender Module
6-60
Fuse/CircuitBreaker Usage
5
6
7
8
910
11
12
13
14
Oxygen Sensor Heater, Exhaust GasRecirculation, Cam Sensor, CANN.
Purge. Canister Vent Solenoid. MassAirflow Sensor, C a m Shaft Sensor
Blower Motor, Temperature DoorMotor. HI Blower Relay Coil
Power Auxiliary Outlets, AssemblyLine Diagnostic Link
Rear Window Defogger
PCM/VCM Battery. Fuel PumpPCM/VCM Ignition, Injectors. CrankSensor. Coil Driver Module
Radio, Inside Rearview Mirror MapLamp, Overhead Console ReadingLamps. Rear Wiper, Rear Washer.Overhead Console Display
Anti-Lock Braking System. VCMIGN-3
Clock. Radio Battery, CD Player
A/C Compressor Battery Feed
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Fuse/CircuitBreaker Usage
16 Turn Signals and Back-up Lamps,Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock
SolenoidWindshield Washer, WindshieldWiper Motor
Not Used
Electric Shift Transfer Case
Crank Relay, Air Bag Module
Not Used
Air Bag Module
Cluster Hlumination, RadioIllu~nination.He.ater Lamp. 4 W DIllumination, Chime Module, FogLam13 Illumination, Rear WiperSwitch Illumination, Rear DefoggerSwitch Illumination, LiftglassRelease Switch Illumination,Overhead Console Illutnination
PRNDL Power. 4L60E AutomaticTransmission
24
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 320/409
1s Daytime Running Lamps, FogLamps, Fog Lamp Relay
6-61
Repl; ~ nent Bulbs
Lamps
Halogen Headlamps, SealedBeam
Halogen Headlarnps, Composite Low-Beam
Halogen Headlamps, Composite,High-Beam
Tail and Stoplamps
Front Sidemarker Lamps
Turn Signal Lamps
Underhood LampVisor Vanity Mirror Lamps
Ove.rhead Console Reading Lamps
Quantity
2
2
2
4
2
I
Number
2E 1
9006 H B4
9005 HB?
30.57
194
3157 NA
93
74
194
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 321/409
6-62
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Description . . . . . . . . . . . . “VORTEC” 4300
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V 6
VINCode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WFiring Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-5-4-3-2
Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 at 4,400 rp m
Thermostat Specification . . . . . . . . . . . I9 5 OF (9 “ C )
Spark Plug Gap . . . . . . . . . . 0.045 inches (0. 14 cm)
Wheels and Tires
Wheel N u t Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 lb-ft ( 130N - m )
Tire Pressure . . . . . . See the Certification/Tire label.See ”Loading Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
Normal Maintenance ReplacementParts
Replacement part numbers listed i n this section arebased on the latest information available at the time ofprinting, and are subject to change. I f a part listed in this
manual is not the same as the part used in your vehiclewhen i t was built, or if you have any questions, pleasecontact your GM truck dealer.
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12551472
Oil Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PF52
Air Cleaner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A 1 163C
PCV Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CV746C
Automatic Transmission Filter Kit . . . . . . 24200796
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1-932
Fuel Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GF481
Front WindshieldWiper Blade . . . . . . . . . . Trico (20 inchedS0.8 cm)
Backglass Wiper Blade . . . Trico (14 inched35.6 cm)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 322/409
6-63
Capacities (Approximate)
Cooling System"
Automatic Trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7 quarts (
Manual Trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9quarts (
Crankcase"' . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 quarts
Automatic Transmission
11.1 L)
1I .3 L)(4.3 L)
. . 5.0 quarts (4.7 L )Drain and Refill)* . . . . . . .
Differential Fluid
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 pints ( I .9 L )
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 pints ( 1.2 L )
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C ) gallons ( 7 2 L )
A/C Refrigerant . . 30 oz . or 2 Ibs. (0.9 kg) of R- 1341
:%Afterefill. the level I n u s t be checked.
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. I f the
air conditioning system i n your vehicle needsrefrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used. I f
you're not sure, ask your GM dealer.
Vehicle Dimensions*
Wheelbase
S/TlOSIb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.5 inches (255.3 cm)
S/T10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.0 inches (27 I .8 crn)Length
S 105I6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.0 inches (444.5 c m )
TI0516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.4 inches (445.5 cm)
S/T 1OS06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 .S inches (461 .O cm)
SI0516 . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.0 inches (167.6 c m )
T 1OS 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.9 inches (170.0 cm)SI0506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.9 inches (167.4 cm)
TI0506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.0 inches (170.2 cm)
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.8 inches (172.2 cm)
Front Tread
S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.0 inches (139.6 cm)
T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.3 inches (145.4 c m )
S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.7 inches (138.8an)
T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1 inches (139.9 cm )
Height
Rear Tread
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 323/409
'%Figures etlect base equipment only.
6-64
Section 7 MaintenanceSchedule
This section covers the maintenance required for ~ O L I ~ehicle. Your vehicle needs these services to retairl its safety,dependability and emission control performance.
7-27-47-57-57-6
7-6
IntroductionPart A : Scheduled Maintenance ServicesShort Trip/City DefinitionShort Trip/City IntervalsLong Trip/Highway Definition
Long Trip/Highway Intervals
7-77-307-467-507-52
7-55
Short Trip/City Maintenance ScheduleLong Trip/Highway Maintenance SchedulePart B: Owner Checks and ServicesPart C: Periodic Maintenance InspectionsPart D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Part E: Maintenance Record
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 324/409
7-1
KEEP ENGINE OILAT THE PROPER
LEVELAND CHANGE ASRECOMMENDED
Introduction
Your Vehicle and the Environment
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps theenvironment. All recommended maintenance proceduresare important. Improper vehicle maintenance can evenaffect the quality o f the air we breathe. Improper fluidlevels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the levelof emissions from your vehicle. To help protect ourenvironment. and to keep your vehicle in goodcondition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 325/409
How This Section is Organized
The remainder of this section is divided into five parts:
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services” shows
u:hatt o
11a1:e done md how often. Some of theseservices can be complex. so unless you are technicallyq~~alifieclnd 11ac.e the necessary equiptnent. you shouldlet y o u r dealer‘s service department o r another qd if ie dservice center d o these jobs.
Performing maintenance work on aehicle can
be dangerous. In trying to do some jobs,ou can
be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance
work only if you have the required know-how
and the proper ools and equipment for the job.
I f you have any doubt, have a qualifiedtechnician do the work.
“Part B: Owner Checks and Services”ells you
what should be checked and when. I t also explainswhat you c;m easily do t o help keep yo~t r ehicle i n
ci o dondition.
“Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections”explains import;lnt inspections that your GM dealer ’s
service depu-tment o r another qualified service centerShOLlld perforlll.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” lists
so m e products G M reco~ntnendso help keep y o ~ ~ rvehicle properly maintainecl. ‘These products. or theirequivalents. should be used whether you do the work
yourself o r I~a\;et done.
“Part E: Maintenance Record” pro\;ides a place fo r
you to record the maintenance perfw-riled on yo11r\:chicle. Whenever a n y maintenance is perfor~ned. esure to write i t down i n this part. This will help youdeternline when your next maintenance should be done.I n addition. i t is a good idea t o keep y o u r tnaintenancereceipts. They m a y be needed t o ql~alify our vehicle fo r
warranty repairs.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 326/409
7-3
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Using Your Mair mce Schedule- --
We at General Motors want to help you keep yourvehicle in good working condition. But we don't knowexactly how you'll drive it. You may drive very shortdistances only a few times a week. Or you may drivelong distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather.You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Oryou may drive it to work, to do errands or i n manyother ways.
Because of all the different ways people L I S ~heir G Mvehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even needmore frequent checks and replacements t h a n you'll findin th e schedules in this section. So please read thissection and note how you drive. If you have anyquestions on how to keep your vehicle in goodcondition, see yourGM dealer.
This part tells you the maintenance servicesYOLIshouldhave done and when you should schedule them. I f you
go to your dealer for your service needs,you ' l l knowthat GM-trained and supported service people will
The proper tluids and lubricantsto use are listed in Part D.Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these. All
parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs donebefore you or anyone else drives he vehicle.
These schedules are for vehicles that:a
a
e
a
carry passengers and cargo within reconmendedlimits. You will find these limits on your vehicle'sCertification/Tire label. See "Loading Your Vehicle"i n the Index.
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legaldri\:ing limits.
are driven off-road in the recommended manner. See"Off-Road Driving With YOLITour-Wheel-DriveVehicle" i n the Index.
L I S ~he reconmended fuel. See Fuel" in the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you'll need t o decide which of the two schedules is
right for your vehicle. Here's how t o decide whichschedule to follow:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 327/409
perform the work using genuine G M parts.
7-4
Maintenance Schedule
Short TripKity Definition
Follow the Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule if anyone of' these conditions is true for your \rehick:
0 Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles ( 8 to 16 km).This is particularly important when outsidetemperatures are below freezing.
driving i n stop-and-go traffic).
off-road frequently.
your vehicle.
or other comnwcial application.
0 Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
0 You operate your vehicle i n dusty areas or
0 You I-'recluently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of
0 If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
O I I ~ ? f ' the 1-ec1,son.s*OL L . s h o ~ r l ~ l , f i , l l ~ ~ t ~ ~his . s c * I w d u l c ~f you
o p t u t e m r r \vl?ic*le ~ O I - l q * of' thesc c-oditiorzs s t lwt
those cwclitior1.v ( Y I L I S ~ e ~ l g i w il to h ~ w kloc\n S O O I I O K
Short Trip/City Intervals
Every 3,000 Miles ( 5 000 km): Engine Oil and FilterChange (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Chassis
Short TripKity Intervals
Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles (2 5 000 km): Air Cleaner FilterInspection. if ' driving in dusty conditions. FrontWheel Bearing Repack (2WD only) (or t each brakerelining, whichever occurs f i rs t) .
Every 30,000 M iles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner FilterReplacement. Fuel Filter Replacement.
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): AutomaticTransmission Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000km): EngineAccessory Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Capand Lines Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Spark Plug WireInspection. Spark Plug Replacement. PositiveCrankcase Ventilation (PCV Valve Inspection.
Every 150,000 Miles (240000 km): Cooling SystemService (or every 60 months. whichever occ~lrsirst).
Thc>,vt>f? ter~u l . s ~ l ~ -s ww n c r r i : o 1uc1intem tlce ser\!ic:t>s.
H e ,s11t-~3o o l l o c t - t h e c-omplotemrlirztencrnc'cJ sc*he,dult?
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 328/409
Lubrication (or 3 months. whichever occurs first). DriveAxle Service (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
on t l ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ) l l ~ ) ~ ~ , i ~ l ~ ~clgr.s.
7-5
Maintenance Schedule
I Long Trip/Hiahway Definition
Follow this maintenance schedule on ly if none of theconditions from the Short Trip/City MaintenanceSchedule is true. Do not use this schedule if the vehicleis used for trailer towing, driven in a dusty area or usedoff paved roads. Use the Short Trip/City schedule forthese conditions.
Lone TridHiehwavIntervals
Every 7,500 M iles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and FilterChange (or every 12 months, whichever C ) C C L I ~ Sirst).Chassis Lubrication (or every I2 months, whichevero c c ~ ~ r sirst). Drive Axle Service. Tire Rotation.
Every 30,000 M iles (5 0 000 km): Fuel FilterReplacement. Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. FrontWheel Bearing Repack (2WD only) (or t each brake
relining, whichever occurs first).
Transmission Service (severe conditions only).
Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Cap andLines Inspection.
Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement. Positive
Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.
Every 150,000 Miles (240 000 km): Cooling SystemService (or every 60 months. whichever occurs first).
Every 50,000 NIiles (8 3 000 km): Automatic
Every 6 0,000 M iles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km):Spark Plug Wire
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 329/409
7-6
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
The services shown i n this schedule LIP o 100.000 miles( I66 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles( 166000 k m ) at the same intervals. The services shownat 150.000 miles (240000 km) should be performed atthe same interval after 150.000 miles (240000 km).
See "Owner Checks and Services" and "PeriodicMaintenance Inspections" following.
Footnotes
-fThe U.S.Environmental Protection Agency or theCalifornia Air Resources Board has determined that thefailure to perform this maintenance item will not nul l i fy
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior t o thecompletion of the vehicle's useful life. We. however,urge that a l l recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenancebe recorded.
## Lubricate the front suspension. ball joints. steeringlinkage and transfer case shift linkage. parkingbrake
+A good time to check your brakes is during tirerotation. See "Brake System Inspection" under "PeriodicMaintenance Inspection" in Part C of this schedule.
'i::k Drive axle service (see Recommended Fluids andLubricants" i n the Index for proper lubricanto use):
0
0
0
Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refill at firstengine oil change. At subsequent oil changes, check
fluid level and add fluid as needed. If driving industy areas or towing a trailer, drain tluid and refilevery 15,000 miles 2 5 000 km).
Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and addtluid as needed at every oil change. If driving in
dusty areas or towing a trailer, drain fluidand refilevery 15,000miles ( 2 5 000 km).
More frequent lubrication may be required forheavy-duty or off-road use.
1
1
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 330/409
cable guides, propshaft splines. Lulivel-sal joints andbrake pedal springs.
7-7
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
3,000 Miles (5000 km )
Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components(o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)
DATE SERVICED BY:CTUAL MILEAGE
6,000 Miles (10 000 km )
CI Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A17 Emissiou Colltr-olSar.\.ic.e.
CI Lubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 heck readfront axle luid level and addluidas need.ed. Check constant velocityjoints ndaxle seals fo r leaking. (See footnoteT )
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED B Y I
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 331/409
7-8
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I9,000 Miles (15 000 k m )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A H Emissio/1Control Sc> t - \ ! i r - o .
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote Y )
DATE SERVICED BY :C T U A L IC.III,EAGE
12,000 Miles (20 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A t ! Emissio/lControl ScJl-\'ic.c.
0 ubricate chassis components (orevery3 months. whichever occurs first).(See footnote#.)
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocity.joints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote '!?)
0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 332/409
7-9
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
15,000 Miles (25 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and ilter (or every3 months, whichever occursfirst).An Emission Control Service.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs irst).(See footnote#)
0 nspect air cleaner ilter if you aredriving in dusty conditions. Replace filterif necessary.A n Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for lealung.(See footnote **.)
0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the frontwheel bearings (or at
each brake relining, whichever occursirst).
DATE ACTUALILEAGEERVICED B Y
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 333/409
7-10
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
18,000 Miles (30 000 k m )
U Luhl-icate chassis components(o r every3 11:r:znths. whichever occurs first).( S c r footnote #.)
0 .’hcxkrear/front axle fluid level and add
I ‘ l r d as needed. Check constant velocityjoinls and axle seals fo r leaking.I Sec: t’ootnote ‘ i c?)
0 vtat-etires. See “Tire Inspection andRt1t;ltion” i n the Index fo r propel- rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km )
0 .ubricatechassis conlponents ( o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)
0 heck readfi-ont axle tluid level and ad dfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ’?)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 334/409
7-11
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule 124,000 Miles (40 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I !Emission Coutrwl Sel-ricc~.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote:i:?)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation“ in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
27,000 Miles (45 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occ~~rsirst).A I ] Eluissiorl Cormnl Set-l+c*e.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occ~~rsirst).(See footnote#)
c]Check readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote - I - - * * . )
.I. .!-
DATE A C T U A L ICIILEAGE SERVICED BY :
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 335/409
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 kmj
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).AI! Emiss ionCo1ltrol Scl-\*ic.t..
0 ubricate chassis components ( o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)
Check rear/front axle fluid level and addf lu id as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote '?)
For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack th e front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first)
0 eplace fuel filter. A I ! Ellrissiorl Colmol Ser\lir*P.
0 eplace air cleaner filter.,411 EI1lissioII Co nt ro l Se n* ic e.
0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" in th e Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
(See footnote?-.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 336/409
7-13
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I33,000 Miles (55 000 k m )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).An Ernissiorl Control Ser-\?iw.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :?)
DATE SERVICED BY:CTUAL MILEAGE
36,000 Miles (60 000.km)
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I ]Emissiou Co1ltml Sen7ic.e.
0 ubricate chassis components (or very3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection and
Rotation” i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)
DATE S E R VI C ED B YCTUAL M I L E A G E
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 337/409
7-14
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
39,000 Miles (65000 k m )
0 hange engine o i l and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I ! El1lission C o ~ l f l - o le r l l i c * c J .
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘I:.)
DATE ACTUALILEAGEERVICED BY:
42,000 Miles (70 000 km )
0 hange engineoil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A l l EIf1i.v.vim1Co11fl-01el-\licac).
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.>
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
DATE ACTUAL MILEAGEERVICED BY:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 338/409
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I45,000 Miles (75000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I IEmissiorl C o t l t ~ dc)I-l.pic*c..
0 ubricate chassis components(.orevery3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote : Y )
0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or at
each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
driving in dusty conditions. Replace filterif necessary.
A I I / ~ l i . s s i o no l l t l - o lcJl-\!icv.
See footnote?.)
0 nspect air cleaner filter if you are
DATE SERVICED BY:C T U A L MILEAGE
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 339/409
7-16
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
48,000 Miles (80 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (orevery3 months. whichever occurs first).A n E m i x x i o~ / o r l t d ScJr\,ic*c..
ElLubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#.)
0 heck rear/f~-ont axle fluidevel and add
fluid as needed. Check constantvelocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote -I*-:*.)
0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
.. ,
DATE SERVICED B YCTUAI, MILEAGE
50,000 Miles (83 000 km )
c]Change automatic transmission fluid andfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven underone or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outsidetemperature regularly reaches 90" F
(32°C) 01- higher.
-
In hilly or mountainous terrain.- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi. police ordelivery service.
(Continued)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 340/409
1 Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
50,000 Miles (83 000 km ) (Continued)
DATE ACTUAL M I L E A G E SERVICED BY:
51,000 Miles (85000 km )
Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months. whichever occurs first).At1 L=llli.s,sioll Corltl-olSrr\+icc~.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 lnonths, whichever occ~11-sirst).(See footnote #)
c]Check rear/front axle f lu id level and addf l u i d as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ’?)
DATE A C T U A L MILEAGEERVICED BY:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 341/409
7-18
Short TripKity,Maintenance Schedule
54,000 Miles (90 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (orevery3 months, whichever occurs first).A I ]E I I I ~ S S ~ ~ Hontrol Set-\3ice.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote# )
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
57,000 Miles (95 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A l l Ef11ixsio11 Co111rol Scr-r*icx).
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)
0 heck rear/fmnt axle fluid evel and addfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘I?)
I I 1
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 342/409
7-19
60,000 Miles (100 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A n E m i s s i o ~ o r z t d S e ni c- e.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :Y j
0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 nspect engine accessory drive belt.
Replace fuel filter. Ar? Emissioll C o m d Srl- l!ic*c) .
(See footnote?.)
0 eplace air cleanerfilter.
0 nspect f~lelank, cap and lines for damageor leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for anydarnage. Replace parts as needed.AI? ~ m i s s i o ~ ~o m o 1yc.rllic.c.. (See footnote?.)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
AI! Emissior~Col1tr-01et-1tic.c..
DATE SERVICED BY :C T U A L ICIT1,EAGE
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule*
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 343/409
7-20
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
63,000 Miles (105 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A n EII1i.Ysion Corltml Set-\lic*c).
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #)
0 heck readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘?)
DATE SERVICED B YCTUAL MILEAGE
66,000 Miles (110 000 km )
0 hange engineoil and filter (o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).A n Emissiot2 Cofl trol Service.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluid levelnd add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote‘M .)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper otationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
I DATE I ACTUALMILEAGE ISERVICED B Y
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 344/409
7-21
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
49,000 Miles (115 000 k t )
Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote *?)
72,000Miles (120 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).AH Eruixvioll Control Service.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
DATE SERVICED B YCTUAL MILEAGE
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 345/409
7-22
75,000Miles (125 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I IEmissiotl Control Service.
Lubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first).
driving in dusty conditions. Replace filterif necessary.An Emission Com-olSel-\+c*r. See footnote?.)
0 nspect air cleaner filter f you are
ElCheck readfront axle fluid level nd addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
SERVICED B Y
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 346/409
7-23
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
78,000Miles (130 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate chassis components (orevery3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote** )
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
81,000 Miles (135 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components (or very3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluidevel and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘V )
DATE SERVICED B YCTUAL MILEAGE
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 347/409
7-24
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I_ _ ~ ~ ~~
84,000 Miles (140 000 km )
Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A 1 Ev1i.vsiou Co17trolSel-\.icc.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘?)
Rotate tires. See ‘‘Til-e Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
87,000 Miles (145 000 km )
Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I IEmi.wiol1 C ontro l Ser-l~ict~.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#.>
[I1Check readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote I + - . )
.< .!.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 348/409
7-25
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I90,000 Miles (150 000 km )
0 hange engineoil and filter (or every3 months, whkhever occurs first).An Emissiorz Contr-olScr.1)ic.c.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocity
joints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote a‘i:.>
0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 eplace fuel filter.
0 eplace air cleaner filter.
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotation
pattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
A } ! Emissioll com.c>/urljic*c. (See footnote?.)
Ai1 Emissiorl C o r l f r . 0 1 Senkc).
DATE SERVICED B YCTUAL R/III,EAGE
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 349/409
7-26
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
93,000 Miles (155 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A r r E ul iL~s io r ~orltrnl .Sor-\tic.c).
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs f irs t) .
(See footnote #.)
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘?)
96,000 Miles (160 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months. whichever occurs first).A n Eu/issior1 CofztrwlSer-ljice.
0 ubricate chassis components (o r every3 months. whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ’V )
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index .forproper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
DATE ACTUAL NIII,EAG;E SERVICED B Y
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 350/409
I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I99,OP‘ “fles 165 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).AHEmissiotl Control Sc-’t*vic*c-’.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘Y )
DATE SERVICED B YCTUAL MILEAGE
100,000Miles (166 000kin)
0 nspect spark plug wires.A I ] E1uissiorl C m d ewic*o.
0 eplace spark plugs.
0 hange automatic transmission fluid andfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven under
one or moreof
these conditions:- In heavy city traffic where the outside
temperature regularly reaches 90O F
(32°C) or higher.
Au E m i s s i o ~ ~o~1trol erl7ic-e.
- I n hilly or mountainous terrain.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 351/409
7-28
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
- When doing frequent trailer towing.- Uses such as found in taxi, police or
0
150,000 Miles (240 000 km )
0 rain, flush and refill cooling system( o r every 60 months since last service,whichever occurs first). See “EngineCoolant’’ n the Index for what to use.Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,pressure cap and neck. Pressure testcooling system and pre.ssure cap.
A r r E/)1i.stsior1Corllrol ScJr*lsic*cJ.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 352/409
7-29
I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
The services shown i n this schedule u p to 100,000miles( I66 000 km) should be performed after 100,000miles( 166000 km) at the same intervals. The services shownat 150,000miles (240 000 km) should be performed atthe same interval after 150,000miles (240 000 km).
See "Owner Checks and Services" and "PeriodicMaintenance Inspections'' following.
Footnotes
3 The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 01- heCalifornia Air Resources Board has determined that thefailure to perform this maintenance item will not nul l i fy
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to thecompletion of the vehicle's useful life. We, however,urge that all recommended maintenance services beperformed at the indicated intervals and the maintenancebe recorded.
#Lubricate Ihe front suspension, ball joints, steeringlinkage and transfer case shift linkage, parking brakecable guides, propshaft splines, universal joints andbrake pedal springs.
+A good time to check your brakes is during tirerotation. See "Brake System Inspection'' under "PeriodicMaintenance Inspections" i n Part C of this schedule.
Drive axle service (see "Recommended Fluids andLubricants" in the Index for proper lubricant to use):
0 Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refill at firstengine oil change. At subsequent oil changes, checkfluid level and add fluid as needed.
0 Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and addfluid as needed at every engine oil change.
More frequent lubrication may be required forheavy-duty or off-road use.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 353/409
7-30
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I
7,500Miles (12 500 km )
Change engine oiland filter (or every12months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components (or everyI 2 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote *+)
A H E~l l i s s i onCor?trolS e r v i w .
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 354/409
7-31
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 1
15,000 Miles (25 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).A I?Emissiorl Control Scr.viw.
0 ubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘V )
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation’’ in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 355/409
7-32
I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule 122,500 Miles (37 500 k m )
0 hange engineoil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first) .
(See footnote#.)
0 heck readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constantvelocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote I”k. )
An Emission Co11tt-oIService.
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
I I I 1
DATE:
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 356/409
7-33
1. Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components(or every12 months, whichever O C C L I ~ Sirst).(See footnote#.)
0 heck rear/front axle f luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :!+:.)
0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first).
AI?EIuission Cof1trol Sur1:ic-e.
0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
0 eplace fuel filter.A I ! E / ~ / i , s x i o / ~oIItroI Sol-\*icv.(See footnote?.)
0 eplace air cleaner filter.A I IEnlissiorl Coutrol S'or1~iw.
ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 357/409
7-34
I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule I
37,500 Miles (62 500 km )
[7 Change engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).A17 E/llis.violl Conttnl S o r l ~ i c x ~ .
0 ubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and add
f lu id as needed. Check constant velocityjoints a n d axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :? j
0 otate t~res. ee "Tire Inspection andRotation" in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.
DATE ACTUAL LIILEAGE S E R VI C ED B Y
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 358/409
7-35
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
45,000 Miles (75 000km )
0 hange engineoil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components (orevery12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote : Y)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 359/409
7-36
I LongTripmighwayMaintenanceSchedule I50,000 Miles (83 000 km )
0 hange automatic transmission fluidandfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven underone or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outsidetemperature regularly reaches 0OF(32°C) orhigher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When'doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police ordelivery service.
I f you do not use your vehicle under any ofthese conditions, the fluid and filter do not
require changing.
Manual transmission fluid doesn'trequire change.
DATE ACTUALILEAGEERVICED B Y
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 360/409
7-37
~ -ongTrip/Highway-- m aintenanceSchedule 152,500 Miles (87 500 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).An Emissiou Corztml S e r \ ~ i t . o .
0 ubricate chassis components (o r every12 months, whichever OCCUTS first).(See footnote#.)
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote'H .)
0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 361/409
7-3s
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
60,000 Miles (100 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter ( o r every12 months, whichever occurs first).
0 dxicate chassis components (or every12 nwnths. whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)
0 heck rear/front axle t luid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘!?)
U For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles on ly : Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or at
each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
0 nspect engine accessory drive belt.
A I ) Emission Conttul SC.I.I-~CV.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 362/409
7-39
I Long TripMighway Maintenance Schedule
67,500 Miles (112 500 km )
0 hange engineoil and filter (or every12months, whichever occurs first).
17Lubricate chassis components(or every12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck redfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote 2:’!:.)
A il Elnissior.2 Con trol Serv ice.
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
DATE SERVICED BY:CTUAL klI1,EAGE
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 363/409
7-40
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
75,000Miles (125 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (orvery12 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components (or every12months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)
0 heck readfront axle fluidevel and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote**.)
An Emission Control Service.
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)
DATE SERVICED BY:CTUAL MILEAGE
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 364/409
7-41
I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
82,500 Miles (137 500 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
Lubricate chassis components (or everyI2 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)
0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See foot.note ‘?)
An Emissior~ orztrol Se~-vico.
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 365/409
7-42
1 Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
90,000 Miles (150 000 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months. whichever occurs first).,417 En1i.r.rio1l Colltrol Se/-\sic.c.).
U Lubricate chassis co~nponents (orvery12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #
0 heck rear/ft-ont axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘ w .
0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the ,front wheel bearings (o r ateach brake relining. whiche.ver occurs first).
0 eplace fuel filter.
Replace air cleaner filter.
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.
(Se.e footnote +.)
A ! ! ~ / n i , s s i o / 7 O/7tw/Ser\>ice.(See footnote+*.)
A H Emissiott C o l l t t n l Sc.l-\.icc>.
DL4TE SEKVICED BY :CTUAL k1ILEAGE
7-43
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 366/409
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
97,500 Miles (162 500 km )
0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).
0 ubricate chassis components (or everyI2 montl1s, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)
0 heck readfront axle fluid level and add
fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See fiwtnote ’?)
0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional inforrnation.(See footnote +.)
AH E111issio/l Control Sol -~~ ic .o .
DATE SI<KVICKI) IW:C T U A L i m , r < A m
100,000Miles (166 000 km )
Change automatic transmission fluid andfi1te.r if the vehicle is mainly driven underone o r more of these conditions:
- I n heavy city traffic where the outsidetemperature regularly reaches 90”F(32OC)o r higher.
- I n hilly or nlountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found i n taxi, police o r
delivery service.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 367/409
7-44
I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I
I I I 1
150,000 Miles (240 000 km )
0 rain, flush and refill cooling system(or every 60 months since last service,whichever occurs first). See “EngineCoolant” in the Index for what to use.Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser.pressure cap and neck. Pressure testthe cooling system and pressure cap.A I I
EmissioI1 Cot1trol Sc)rljiw.
7-45
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 368/409
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Listed below are owner checks and serviceswhichshould be performed at the intervals specified o helpensure the safety, dependability and emission controlnerft. - .nance of your vehicle.
~e sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added o yourvehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as hown i n
Part D.
A t Each Fuel Fill
Engine Oil Level Check
Check th e engine o i l level and add the proper o i l if
necessary. See "Engine Oil" in the Index forfurther details.
Engine Coolant Level Check
Check the emgine coolant level and add DEX-COOL@coolant mix i f necessary. See "Engine Coolant" i n theIndex for further details.
Windshield Washer Fluid Level CheckCheck the windshield washer fluid le\:el i n thewinclshield washer tank and acid the proper f luid if
necessary. See "Windshield Washer Fluid" i n the Indexfor further details.
At Least Once a Month
Tire Inflation CheckMake sure tires are inflated t o the correct pressures. See"Tires" in the Index for further details.
Cassette Deck Service
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning s lwuld be done everySO hours o f tape play. See "Audio Systems" in theIndex for further details.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 369/409
7-46
At Least Twicea Year Automatic Transmission Check
Check the transmission fluid level: add if needed. See"Automatic Transmission" i n the Index. A fluid lossmay indicate a problem. Check the system and repairif needed.
Restraint System Check
Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all yourbelts. buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are
working properly. Look fo r any other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts. If you see anything that mightkeep a safety belt system from doing its .job, have it
repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced.
Also look. for a n y c.)penedor broken air bag covers, andhave them repaired or replaced. (The air bag systemdoes not need regular maintenance.)
Wiper Blade CheckInspect wiper blades for ~vear r cracking. Replace bladeinserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak ormiss areas of the windshield. Also see "Wiper Blades.Cleaning" in the Index.
Manual Transmission Check
Check the transmission fluid level; add if needed. See"Manual Transmission" in the Index. Check for leaks.A fluid loss I T I ~ ~ndicate a problem. Have the systeminspected and repaired if needed.
Hydraulic Clutch System Check
Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir. See"Hydraulic Clutch Fluid" i n the Index. A fluid loss in
this system could indicate a problem. Have the systeminspected and repaired at once.
At Least Once a Year
Key Lock Cylinders Service
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricantspecified in Part D.
Body Lubrication Service
Lubricate all body door and fuel door hinges, rearcompartment hinges, latches and locks including the
moving seat hardware. Lubricate the hood safety leverpivot and prop rod pivot. Part D tells you what to use.More frequent lubrication m ay be required whenexposed to a corrosive environment.
trlove box, console doors and the body hood and any
7-47
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 370/409
Starter Switch Check
CAUTION:-- -
!hen you are do ing this check, the vehicle could
nlove suddenly. If i t does, you or others cou ld be
injured. Follow the steps below.
Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) C heck(Automatic Transm ission)
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough roomaround the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see "Parking
B~-ake"n the Index if necessary) a n d the regular l m k e .
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal. and beready to turn off the engine immediately i f i t skirts.
3 . On automatic transmission vehicles. try to start theengine i n each gear. The starter should work o n l y i n
PARK (P ) or NEUTRAL (N) . I f the starter works i nany other position, your vehicle eeds service.
On lnanual transmission vehicles, put the shift lcvcrin NEUTRAL ( N ) , push the cl~ltch own half\1;ayand try to start the engine. The starter should workonly when the clutch is pushed down a l l th e w ay t o
the floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn.1
pushed a l l the waydown. your vehicle needs service.
IA CAUTI-N:
- --hen you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be
injured. Follow the steps below.
1 .
2.
3 .
Before you start, be sure yo~l ave enough roomaround the vehicle. I t should be parked on a
level s~ ~ ri - ~x e,Firmly apply the parking brake (see "Parking Brake"i n the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brakeimmediately if the vehicle begins to move.
With thc engine off. turn the key to the R U N
position, but don't start the engine. Without applying
the regular brake, try t o move the shift lever out ofPARK (P)w i t h normal effort. If the shift levermoves o u t of PARK (P) . your vehicle's BTSIntxds service.
7-48
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 371/409
Ignition Transmission Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turnthe ignition key to LOCK i n ex11 shift lever position.
0 With an automatic transmission. the key should turnto LOCK only when the shift lever is i n PARK ( P ) .
With a manual transmission, the key should turn t o
LOCK only when the shift lever is in REVERSE ( R) .
On vehicles with a key release button, try to t u rn the keyto LOCK witl~out ressing the button. The key shouldturn t o LOCK only when you press the key button.
On all ve.hicles, the key should come o u t only i n LOCK.
Parking Brake and Automatic TransmissionPARK (P) Mechanism Check
CAUTION:
--When you are doing this check, yourehicle
could begin tomove. You or others ould be
injured and property could e damaged. Make
sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case
it begins to oll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle begino move.
Park on a fairly steep hill. w i t h the vehicle facingdownhill. Keeping your foo t on the regular brake. set theparki ngbrake.
e To check the parking brake's holding ability:With the engine running and transmission n
NEUTRAL (N) . lowly remove foot pressure fromthe regular brake pedal. Do this unt i l the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.e To check the PARK (P)meohanisrn's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to PARK (P).Thenrelease a l brakes.
7-49
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 372/409
Part C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections
Listed below are inspections and services which shouldbe performed at least twice a year (for instance. eachspring and fall). You should let your G M dealer's
service department or other qualified service center d o
these jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs arecompleted a t once.
Proper procedures to perform these services may befound in a GM service nnanual. See "Service and OwnerPublications" i n the Index.
Steering, Suspension and Front Drive AxleBoot and Seal Inspection
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steeringsystem for damaged. loose or missing parts, signs of
wear o r lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steeringlines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc.Clean and then inspect the driveaxle boot seals for damage, tears or leakage. Replace
seals if necessary.
Exhaust System Inspection
Inspect the complete exhaust system. nspect the body
near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged,missing or out-of-position parts a s well as open seams,holes. loose connections or other conditions which could
cause a heat build-up i n the floor pan or could letexhaust fumes into the vehicle. See "Engine Exhaust" in
the Index.
Radiator and Heater Hose Inspection
Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they arecracked. swollen or deteriorated. Inspect a l l pipes,fittings and clamps; replace a s needed.
Throttle Linkage Inspection
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding,and for damage ormissing parts. Replace parts a s
needed. Replace a n y cables that have high effort orexcessi\.e wear. Do no t lubricate accelerator and cruisecontrol cables.
7-50
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 373/409
Drive Axle Service
Check rear/front axle fluid l e ~ ~ e lnd add a s needed.Check constant velocity .joints and axle seals for leaking.
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Inspection
Every 12 months or a t oil cl~angentervals. check frontaxle and transfer case and add lubricantwhen necessary.Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks andproper installation.
Transfer Case (Four-wheel Drive)Inspection
Every 12 months or at o i l change intervals, check frontaxle and transfer caseand add lubricant when necessary.Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks and properinstallation. More frequent lubrication may be requiredon off-~-oad se.
Brake System Inspection (Two-Wheel andFour-wheel Drive)
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding. eaks. cracks.chafing. etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition.Also inspect drum brake liningsfor wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, includingdrums. wl~eel ylinders. calipers. parking brake, etc.Check parking brake adjustment. Yo u may need to haveyour brakes inspected more often if your driving habitsor conditions result i n freq~~entraking.
Brake System Inspection (All-Wheel-Drive)
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding. leaks, cracks.chafing. etc. Inspect disc brake pads forwear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect other brake parts,including calipers. parking brake.etc. Check parkingbrake adjustment.You n~ ay eed to have your brakesinspected more often if yo11r driving habits or conditionsresult i n freyuent braking.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 374/409
Part D: Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name.part number or specification may be obtained from yourGM dealer.
USAGE
ine Oil
Engine Coolant
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Engine oil with the AmericanPetroleum Institute Certified ForGasoline Engines "Starburst"symbol of the proper viscosity. Todetermine the preferred viscosity
for your vehicle's engine. see"Engine Oil" in the Index.
50/50 mixture of clean water(preferably distilled) and L I S ~nlyGM Goodwrench@ DEX-COOLM
or Havoline@ DEX-COOL"coolant. See "Engine Coolant.' in
the Index.
USAGE
CoolantSupplementSealer
Hydraulic BrakeSystem
Hydraulic ClutchSystem
Parking Brake
Cable Guides
Power SteeringSystem
FI,UID/LUBRICANT
GM Part No. 3634621 orequivalent with a complete flushand refill.
Delco Supreme 1 I @ Brake Fluid(GM Part N o. 12377967 01 -
equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).
Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (G M PartN o . 12345347 o r equivalentDOT-3 brake fluid).
Chassis lubricant (GM Part
N o . 12377985 o r equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementso f NLGI #2,Category LBor GC- LB .
GM Power Steering Fluid (GMPart No. 1052884 - 1 pint,I0500 17 - 1 quart, or equivalent).
7-52
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 375/409
USAGE
ManualTransmission
AutomaticTransmission
Key LockCylinders
ChassisLubrication
Front WheelBearings
Differential,
Front and RearAxle
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Synchromesh TransmissionFluid (GM Part No. 12345349or equivalent).
DEXRON@-I11AutomaticTransmission Fluid.
Multi-Pu ose lubricant,Superlube%GM PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).
Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI #2, Category LBor GC-LB .
Wheel bearing lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGI #2,Category GC or GC-LB (G M PartNo. 105 1344 or equivalent).
Axle Lubricant (GM Part
No. 1052271) or SAE80W-90GL-5 Gear Lubricant.
USAGE
Transfer Case
Windshield
Washer Solvent
Transfer Case
Shift Lever,Propeller ShaftSlip Splines andUniversal Joints
Clutch Pushrodto Clutch Fork
Joint
ConstantVelocityUniversal Joint
FLUIDLUBRICANT
DEXR0N'-111 AutomaticTransmission Fluid.
GM Optikleen@Washer
Solvent (G M Part No. 10515 15or equivalent.
Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI #2, Category LBOF GC-LB.
Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI ## 2, Category LBor GC-LB.
Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI ## 2, Category LB01- GC-LB.
7-53
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 376/409
USAGE
Mood LatchAssembly,Pivots. SpringAnchor andRelease Pawl
Hood andDoor Hinges
TailgateMounted SpareTire Carrier (i f
equipped), OuterTailgate HandlePivot Points andHinges
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Lubriplate lubricant aerosol
(GM Part No. 12346393 orequivalent)or lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGT #2.
Category LB or GC-LB.
Multi-purpose lubricant,Superlube' (GM PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).
Multi-purpose lubricant,Superlube' (GM PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).
USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT
Weatherstrip
Multi-purpose lubricant,eatl~erstrip
Part N o . 12345579 o r equivalent).onditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease(CM
Squeaks Superlube' ( G M PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).
See "Replacenlent Parts" i n the Index fo r recomtnendedreplacenxmt filters, valves and spark pl ~~ g s .
7-54
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 377/409
Part E: Maintenance RecordAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the
date, odo~neter readingnd w l m performed the servicei n the boxes provided after the maintenance interval.A n y additional information f r o m "Owner Checks and
Services" or "Periodic Maintenance" can be added onthe following record pages. Also. you should retain a l l
maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfoliois a convenient place to store them.
~ ~ ~
Maintenance Record- . _ _
ODOMETERDATE MAINTENANCE PERFORMEDERVICED B YEADING
7-55
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 378/409
Maintenance Record
I I ODOMETER I IDATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
7-56
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 379/409
Section 8 Customer Assistance Information
'Warranty InformationReporting Safety Defects o the united StatesReporting Safety Defects o CanadaReporting Safety Defectso General MotorsOrdering Service Publications in CanadaHow to Order Service Publications
Order Form for Service Publications
Here you will find out how to contact GMCf you need assistance. This section alsoells you how to obtain service
publications andhow to report any safety defects.
8-2 Customeratisfactionrocedure8-10-4 AddressorWritingoGMC8- 10
8-9 BBB Autolinenformation8-13-8MCourtesyransportation
8-12-7anadianoadsidessistance8-11-5PhoneNumberorRoadsideAssistance8-11-5MCoadsidessistance8-11-4Assistance or Text Telephone (TTY) Users
8-1
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 380/409
CustomerSatisfactionProcedure G M C dealers havehe facilities, trained technicians andup-to-date infcm~ationo promptly address anyconcerns you may have. However, if a concern has notbeen resolved to your complete satisfaction, take thefollowing steps:
STEP O N E -- Discuss your concern with amember 0 1 clealership Inanagernent. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter hasalready been reviewed with the Sales. Service or PartsManager, contact the owner of the dealership or theGeneral Manager.
8-2
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 381/409
0 I n Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English)o r
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
8-3
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 382/409
For prompt assistance, pleaseave the following informationavailable to give theCustomer Assistance Representative:
Your name, address, home and businesstelephone numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registration or title, or th e plate atthe top left of the instrument panel and visiblethrough th e windshield.)
Dealership name. and location
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
Nature of concern
We encourage you t o call us so we can give your inquiryprompt attention. However, if you wish to write GMC,address your inquiry to:
GMC Customer Assistance3 1 E. Judson Street 1607-04Pontiac, MI 48342-2230
In Canada, write to:
General Motors o f Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa. Ontario L 1H 8P7
Refer to your Warranty andOwner Assistance Informationbooklet for addresses of GM Overseas offices.
When contacting GMC, please remember that your concewill likely be resolved in the dealership, using the dealer’sfacilities, equipment and personnel. That iswhy we suggest
you follow Step One first f you have a concern.
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing,or speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones(TTYs), GMChas TTY equipment availableat its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY
user can communicate with GMC by dialing:1-800-GMC-8583. (TTY users in Canada candial 1-800-263-3830.)
8-4
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 383/409
Roadside Assistance
GMC's Roadside Assistance provides stranded ownerswith over-the-phone roadside repairs, location of thenearest G M C dealer or the following special services:
FlLlt Tiw Chmg~?:nstallation of spare tire will becovered at no charge (customer is responsible fo r repairor replacement of tire).
Fl.{t?ID t ~ l i w q l :Delivery of enough fuel for the customerto get to the nearest service station (up to $4.00) will
be covered.J u q ? Sturt: No-start situations which require a batteryjump start will be covered at no charge.
Lock Out: Replacement keys or locksmith service willbe covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entryinto your vehicle. Delivery of the replacement key willbe covered at no charge within 10 miles ( 1 6 km).
Et7.2et-go12~~inl?ir.zgScrvice: Towing to the nearestG M C deaier for warranty related disablements willbe covered.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 384/409
I ) r lu .~c~ip Rozttiqq: Custo~~l-~made,omputerizedmaps using the most direct or scenic route arc providedfree of charge. Maps include points o f interest and listGMC dealers along the route. Trip Routing also includesa national hotel discount book and a book of coupons.State and local maps available upon request. Please
be prepared to furnish your Vehicle Iden~iicationNumber (VIN) .
Trip IIlter1-uption , 4 , s s i s t u ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ :MC wilt I-cimburseany
reasonable trip interruption expenses (up to $500.00)
when directly associated with warranty clisablement. TripInterruption service covers expenses such ;IS meals and
overnight lodging if vehicle disablement o c c ~ ~ r st Icast
1SO miles (240 km ) from your home or rental property.Plcw s c Norc: you wil l be required to obrain prior-
approval from G M C Roadside Assistance and pay for
expenses at the time 01disablement. Original receiptsshould be submitted to GMC Roadside Assistance fo r
reimbursement. A service representative w i l l provideassistance when you call.
The Roadside Assistance services listed are availableto retail and retail lease customers operating 1997 GMClight duty trucks for a period of 3 years/36.000 miles(60000 km). All services must be pre-arranged byG M C Roadside Assistance.
Over-the-phone assistance. such a s providing the nameof the closest dealer o r minor- technical advice. etc. , is
available t o a l l owner/operators of GMC trucks,regardless o f vehicle or mileage.
8-6
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 385/409
Just dial GMC Roadside Assistance a t
1 -800-GMC-8782 ( 1-800-462-8782, RoadsideAssistance l:,romj,t j t o reach a qualified representativew h o can assist you.
Your Roadside Assistance representative will ask for the
following information when your call is received:VehicleIclentification Numbcr ( V I N )
Canadian Roadside Assistance
Vehicles purchased i n Canada have an extensiveRoadside Assistance program accessible f r o m anywherei n Canada o r the United States. Please refer to theseparate brochure pro\iided by the dealer or call1-800-268-6800 for emergency ser\:ices.
8-7
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 386/409
Courtesy Transportation
GMC Commitment Plus offers courtesy transportationfor customers when obtaining warranty service.
This program is offered in conjunction with the3 year/36,000 mile (60 000 k m j Bumper to Bumper
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Courtesy transportation includes:
One way shuttle ride from the dealership (u p to10 miles (16 km)) for same-day warranty repairs.
0 A loaner vehicle will be made available for overnightwarranty repairs up to a five day rnaximum, or LI P to a
$30 allowance for a rental vehicle, cab. bus or other
transportation in lieu of a loaner. (Bringing vehicles inlate in the day, for service on the next day, l c l c ~ s o t
constitute overnight repairs.)
Gas allowance of up to $10 a day for rides providedby another person (i.e.? friend,neighbor, etc.) in
lieu of rental for overnight warranty repair up t o
five day maximum.
Some state insurance regulations make i t impracticalto rent vehicles to people under 21 years of age. If
you are under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle,GMC will reimburse u p to $30/day for documentedtransportation you receive.
The Commitment Plus Courtesy Transportation Programis not part of the Bumper to Bumper Limited Warranty.G M C reserves the right to make any changes or
discontinue the Courtesy Transportation Program at anytime without notification.
For additional program details contact your GM C dealer.
In Canada, please consult your CM dealer forinformation on Courtesy Transportation.
8-8
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 387/409
GM Participation in an Alternative
Dispute Resolution Program
This program is available in all 50 states and theDistrict of Columbia. Canadian owners refer to yourW;lrranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for
information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle ArbitrationPlan (CAMVAP). General Motors reserves the right to
change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue tsparticipation i n this program.
Both GMC and your GMC dealer are committed to
making sure you are completely satisfied with your newvehicle. Our experience has shown that, if a situationarises where you feel your conce.rn has not beenadequately addressed. the Customer Satisfaction Proceduredescribed earlier in this section is very successful.
There may be instances where an impartial third partycan assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreementregarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the NewVehicle Limited W;lrranty. To assist i n resolving thesedisagreements, GMC voluntarily participates in B B B
AUTO LINE.
B B B AUTO LINE is an out-of-court programadministered by the Better Business Bureau system r o
settle automotive disputes. Thisprogram is availablefree of charge to customers who currently own or lease a
GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after following the CustomerSatisfaction Procedure. you may contact th e BBB usingthe toll-free telephone number, or write them at thefollowing address:
BBB AUTO LINECouncil of Better Business Bureaus. Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800
Arlington, VA 22203- 1804Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide YOLK nameand address. your Vehicle Identification Number ( V I N )
and a statement of the nature of your complaint.Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, andother factors.
8-9
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 388/409
We prefer you utilize the Cust.omer SatisfactionProcedure before you resort to AUTO LINE. but youmay contact the B B B at any time. The B B B will attemptto resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary, I f
this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing willbe scheduled where. eligible clIston1ers may present their
case t o an impartid third-party arbitrator.
Warranty Information
Yout. vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet
that: contains detailed warranty inf’ormation.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
I F you believe that yol~r ehicle ha s ;1 defect which could
cause a crash o r could cause injury or death, you shoulditntnediately inform the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA). n addition tonotifying General Mo to r s .
I f NHTSA receives similar complaints. it may open aninvestigation. and if i t finds that it safety defect exists in
a group of vehicles. it may order a recall and remedycampaign. Howww-, NHTSA cannot become involved
i n individual problems between you, YOLK dealer orGeneral Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you nay either call the Auto SafetyHotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 ( o r 366-0 123 in theWashington. D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA. U.S. Department o f TransportationW‘lshington. D.C. 20590
You can a l so obtain other infcmnafion about motor\.ellick safety from the Hotline.
8-10
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 389/409
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
I f you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehiclehas a safety defect. you should immediately notifyTransport Canada, i n addition to notifying GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport CanadaBox 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K I G 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFE
TO GENERAL MOTORS
I n addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)in a situation like this. we certainly hope you'll notifyus . Please call us at I -800-GMC-8782( 1-800-462-8782) or write:
GMC Consumer Relations3 1 E. Judson Street 1607-04Pontiac, MI 48342-2230
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1 H 8P7
Ordering Service and Owner
Publications in Canada
1ervice manuals, service bulletins, owner's lnanuals a n c
other service literature are available fo r purchase for allcurrent and past model General Motors vehicles.
The toll-free telephone number for ordering informationin Canada is I-800-648-5539.
8-11
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 390/409
1997 GMC SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehicle can be purchased by fillinthe Service Publication Order Form in this bookand m ailing it in with your check, money o rder,
or credit card information to He lm, Incorporated (address below.)
CURRENT PUBL ICATIONS FOR 1997 GMC
SERVICE MANUALS
Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair informationon engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
electrical, steering, body, etc.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90.00
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE
UNIT REPAIR MANUALThis manual provides information on unit repair serviceprocedures, adjustments and specifications for the
1997GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $40.00
SERVICE BULLETINS
Service Bulletins give technical service information neededto knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in thediagnosis and service of your vehicle.
PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDER FORM SHOWN ONTHE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL TO:
Helm, Incorporated P.0. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207
OWNER’S INFORMATION
Owner publications are written directly for Owners an
intended to provide basic operational information abo
vehicle. The owner’s manual will include the Maintena
Schedule for all models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and
Warranty Booklet.RETAIL SELL PRICE: $15.00
Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$10.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
Service Publications are available for current and pasmodel GM vehicles. To request an order form, pleasespecify year and model nameof the vehicle.
OR ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday8:OO AM- :OO PM EasternTime
For Credit Card Orders Only (VISA-Mastercard-Disco
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 391/409
ORDER TOLL FREEservice. If further information is needed, write to the address shown below or callNOTE: For Credit Card HoldersOnly)Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt. P lease allow ade uate time or postal
information within 30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be appliedMonday-Friday8:OO AM- :OO PM EST)1-800-782-4356.Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return-800-782-4356
FAX Orders Only 1-313-865-5927 against the original order.
PUBLICATIONFORM ITEM DESCRIPTIONVEHICLE MODEL
QTY. I EACH*PRICE TOTAL
NUMBER NAME IYEAR PRICEI I
IServiceanual I I 1997 I I $90.00 I
IOwner’s Manual In Portfolio I 1997 I I $15.00 I~
Owner’sanualithoutortfolio 1997 $10.00
NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the
name of the person towhose attention the shipment should be sent.
Mail completed order form to:
For purchases outside U S A . please write to the above address for quotation.
HELM. INCORPORATED P.O. Box07130 Detroit, MI48207
(CUSTOMER’S NAME) (ATTENTION)
(STREET ADDRESS-NO P.O. B OX NUMBERS)
(CITY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)
DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO . 0AREA CODE
IC-ORD97 *(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time for delivery.)
-
PA
Y
M
EN
T
-
Check or MoneyOrder Davable to
Helm, Inc. (USA funds
only- o not send cash.)
Mastercard
0 ISAn
I I
TOTAL MATERtAL
Michigan Purchasersadd 6% sales ta x
US. Orderrocessing $5.00
Canadian Postage(See Note Below)
GRAND TOTAL
Discover I L
Expiration mDate mo/yr:
Check here if your billing addressis different fromyour shippingaddress shown.
CUSTOMER SIGNATURE
Note toCanadian Customers:All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residentsare to make checks payable in US . funds. To cover Canadian postage, add$11.50plus theU.S. rder processing.
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 392/409
8-14
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 393/409
Section 9 Index
Accessory Power Outlcts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-03
Adding Sound Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
A ir Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Adding Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25H o w Does i t Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23HowitWorks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1. 2-73
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25What Makes i t Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23What You See After i t Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24When Should it Intlate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 13A ir Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -3
Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23. 6.21
A l u m i n u m Wheels. Clcaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -5 5Antenna. Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 I
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 2-76. 4-7Appeararlce CXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . 6-3
Add-on Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Alignment and Balance.Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Armrest. Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Automatic Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Automatic Transmission
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Axle
Backglass Wipers. B M ~ eplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Chargc Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
J u m p Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Replaccment. Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ?-7Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3. 55
BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
9-1
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 394/409
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 395/409
Clock.Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Clutch. Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 19Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- ICompact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 ICompact Spare Tire 3-33
Control o f a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14.6-23Coolant Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I7
CruiseControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I
Customer Satisfaction Procecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Damage.Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80Dead Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Defects. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X- I O . 8- 1 1
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Dimensions
.Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
Dome Latmps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --48Door
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Drive. Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Drive Axlc Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35I n a Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Ofl-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
On Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Rainy Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Snowy and Icy Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Through Deep Standing Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Wintet- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Driving On Grades Whilc Towing : Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5 2
Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
F ~ K W L I ~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
E a s y Entry scat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Electrical Equipmcnt
.Addin2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20, 6-58
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Elnergency Releasc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
EIldgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
M;tIlLlal R c l c ~ ~ e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I O
Re111ote Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
9-3
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 396/409
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. -8Coolant Heater ............................... 2-17Coolant Level Check .......................... 7-46Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -76
Fan Noise ................................... 5-22Exhaust ..................................... 2-34
Identification ................................ 6-58OilLevelCheck ............................... -46Overheating .................................5-12
Specifications ................................ 6-63Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Starting .....................................2-15Engine Oil ..................................... 6-9
Additives ................................... 6- 12Checlung .................................... 6-9
Pressure Gage ................................ 2-79
When to Change.............................. 6-12
Express-Down Window .......................... 2-36Exterior Metal Parts, Protecting ................... 6-55
Adding ..................................... 6-10
Kindtouse .................................6-10
Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Exhaust, Engine ................................ 2-34
Fabric Cleaning ............................... 6-50Fifth Gear, Manual Transmission...................2-21FillingYourTank ................................ 6-5Filter
Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Remote Oil ..................................6-12
Finishcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i . . . . . . 6-54
First GearFinish Damage ................................. 6-56
AutomaticTransmission ....................... 2-20
Flashers, Hazard Warning ......................... 5-2Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Fluids and Lubricants ....................... 6-64, 7-52Fog Lamp Switch ............................... 2-47Foreign Countries, Fuel ........................... -4Fourth Gear, Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Four-wheel Drive .........................2-23, 6-21
Front Map Lamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Front Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47,2-51, 6-38Front Sidemarker Lamp Bulb Replacement..........6-36FrontStorageArea .............................. 2-56
ManualTransmission .......................... 2-21
Frenchanguageanual uFrontAxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
.............................
FrontTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement .......... 6-36Fuel ..........................................6-3
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5Foreign Countries .............................. 6-4
Fuses and Circuit Breakers .......................6-59Gage ....................................... -81
b a g e sEngine Coolant TemDerature ....................2-76
v L
Engine Oil Pressure ...........................2-79Fuel ....................................... -81
9-4 b
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 397/409
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1
GasCap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5Gate Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Gear Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 18G I o v ~ O X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Guide en Franqais 1 1
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ha lo ge n Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
BulbReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33High/LowBeam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- I9
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 I
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Instrurnent Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Exhallst Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
F~seBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Jacking Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
K e y n the I.ylilion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Key Lock Cylinders Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47Key Release Burton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2-2
9-5
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 398/409
LabelsCertificatioflire ............................. 4-42
Fuse ....................................... 6-60Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48Service Parts Identification ..................... 6-58Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Dome ...................................... 2-48FrontMap ................................... 2-48Front Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47, 2-51
Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-32
Air Bag Readiness ....................... 1-21, 2-73Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76, 4-7Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80Gate Ajar ................................... 2-81Safety Belt Reminder ...................... 1-9, 2-72
Service Engine Soon .......................... 2-77Shift .................................. 2-22, 2-80
Loading Your Vehicle ........................... 4-42Locking Rear Axle .............................. 2-23LockoutSwitch ................................ 2-37
Interior ..................................... 2-47OnReminder ................................ 2-4 6
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Lights
CheckGages ................................ 2-80
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Key Lock Cylinder Service ..................... 7-47
PowerDoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Rear Door Security ............................. 2-5
Steering Column Park Lock Check ............... -49Loss of Control ................................ 4-13
Lubricants and Fluids ....................... 6-64, 7-52Lubrication Service, Body ........................ 7-47
Luggagecarrier ................................ 2-59Lumbar Controls ............................ 1-3,1-4
Maint enance Record ........................... 7-55Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Long Tripmighway ....................... 7-6, 7-30Owner Checks and Services ..................... 7-46Periodic Maintenance Inspections ................ 7-50Recommended Fluids and Lubricants .............7-52Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Short TripKity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5, 7-7
Maintenance, Underbody ......................... 6-56Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...................... 2-77Manual Front Seat ............................... 1-2Manual Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Manual TransmissionCheck ...................................... 7-47Fluid ....................................... 6-18Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Starting Your Engine .......................... 2-16
9-6
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 399/409
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Inside Day/Night Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49VisorVanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Model Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -35Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Neutral
Automatic Trans~nission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I9Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
New Vehicle "Break-In" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I3Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . -63
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 15Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- I 1
Opener, Garage Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1
Ordering Owner and Service Publications . . . . . . . 8- 1 1 . 8- 12
Outside MirrorManual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Overdrive,Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
OverheadConsole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 .P a i n t Spotting. Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Park
AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Brake Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12On Hills with a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Your Vehicle. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
PowerAccessory Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Remote Control Mirror ........................ 2-49
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Powerseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
LumbarControls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Parking
9-7
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 400/409
Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26Problems on the Road ............................ 5-1Publications. Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 11. 8- 12
Radiator. Adding Coolant ....................... -19Radiator Pressure Cap ........................... 6-26Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
AM-FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Cassette Care ........................... 3-20. 7-46Cassette Tape Player ...................... 3.8.3.10Compact Disc Player .......................... 3- 13Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player ..............3-17
Rain. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Axle ....................................... 6-20DoorSecarityLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -5Safety Belt Comfort Guides .................... 1-31SeatPassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Seats ........................................ l-7Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -11Window Defogger .............................3-5Window WasherNlper ........................ 2-41
RearSeats ...................................... -7Rearview Mirror ................................2-49
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -4Recornmended Fluids and Lubricants .......... 6-64. 7-52Recovery Hooks ................................5-37Recovery Tank. Coolant .......................... 5-16Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Radios
Rear
ReplacementBulbs ...................................... 6-62Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63Wheel ......................................6-46
Reporting Safety Defects .................... 8-10. 8.11
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -47Child ....................................... 1-37Head ........................................ 1-6Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
AutomaticTransmission ....................... 2-19Manual Transmiss-ion.......................... 2-22
Right Front Passenger Position .................... 1-26Roadside Assistance.............................. 8-5
Canadian .................................... 8-7Rocking Your Vehicle ........................... -37Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
RestraintsCheck ...................................... -47
Reverse
safety Belts ................................... 1-8Adults ...................................... 1-13Care ....................................... 6-52Center Front Passenger Position ................. 1-26Center Rear Passenger Position .................. 1-34
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35,1-44DriverPosition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Extender .................................... 1-47How to Wear Properly ......................... 1-13Lap Belt ............................... 1-27, 1-34
9-8
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 401/409
Lap-Shoulder ........................... 1.13. 1-28Questions and Answers ........................ 1.2Rear Comfort Guides .......................... 1-3 1Rear Seat Passengers .......................... 1-28Replacing After a Crash ........................ 1-48Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Use During Pregnancy ......................... 1-26
WhyTheyWork ............................... 1-9SafetyChains .................................. 4-49Safety Defects. Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.8.11Safety Warnings and Symbols ....................... iiiScheduled Maintenance Services.................... 7-4Seatback
Latches ...................................... 1-6RecliningFront ............................... 1-4
Seats and Restraint Systems ........................ 1-1
Second GearAutomaticTransmission ....................... 2-20Manual Transmission .......................... 2-21
Service and Appearance Care ...................... 6-1Service and Owner Publications .............. 8.11.8.12Service Engine Soon Light ....................... 2-77Service Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58Service Work. Doing Your Own .................... 6-2Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle ........... 1-25
Sheet Metal Damage ............................ 6-55Shift Light ............................... 2.22.2.80Shifting .................................. 2- 18. 2.21
Into Park .................................... 2-30Out of Park .................................. 2-33
SignalingTurns ................................ 2-39SIR .......................................... 1-20Skidding ...................................... 4-13Specifications and Capacities ................. .63. 6.64Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance ...............8-4Speedometer ................................... 2-71Stains. Cleaning ................................ 6-51
Starter Switch Check ............................ 7-48Starting Your Engine ............................ 2-15Steam ........................................ 5-12Steering
In Emergencies ............................... 4-10Power ....................................... 4-9
Steering Column Park Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49Steering Wheel. Tilt ............................. 2-38Storage Compartments ........................... 2-50
Storage. Vehicle ................................ 6-33Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools ...............5-32Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36Sunvisors .................................... 2-62Sunglasses Storage .............................. 2-56Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Supplemental Inflatable Restraint .................. 1-20
Symbols. Vehicle ..................................
Tachometer .................................. 2-71Taillamp Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-37TapePlayerCare ............................... 3-20Temnerature and Compass Display .................2-53
9-9
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 402/409
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12THEFTLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 17
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26Third Gear. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -2 ITilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Time. Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
TiresAlignme. t and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -46BuyingNew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41.7-46Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -46Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-45Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Topstrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Towing. Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 1
Towing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Trailer
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Torque. Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32. 6-63
Driving on Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Driving with a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Maintenance When Towing ..................... 4-54Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ . . . . . . . . 4-46Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . -26Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Transmitters. Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Transportation. Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -8
Trip. Before Leaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
Tongueweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Turnsignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -51
Transmission Fluid
TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
9-10
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 403/409
Universal Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Erasing Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -66Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Rolling Code Openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Used Replaceme. t Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
v an it y Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38Vehicle Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Vehicle Damage Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58Vehicle Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33Vehicle Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Visors. Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
w ar ni n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I O
Washer Fluid. Windshield ........................ 6-27Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53Wheel Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32. 6-63Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46Windows
Express-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Lockout Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Swing-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27FluidLevel Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Bladecheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Wiring. Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59Wrecker Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
9-11
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 404/409
b% NOTES
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 405/409
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 406/409
800 r
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 407/409
'ansmission (4
-134a Re
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 408/409
7/27/2019 Manual GMC
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 409/409
X971 1